Search Results

Search found 5718 results on 229 pages for 'apply'.

Page 228/229 | < Previous Page | 224 225 226 227 228 229  | Next Page >

• Configuring Fed Authentication Methods in OIF / IdP

  - by Damien Carru

  In this article, I will provide examples on how to configure OIF/IdP to map OAM Authentication Schemes to Federation Authentication Methods, based on the concepts introduced in my previous entry. I will show examples for the three protocols supported by OIF: SAML 2.0 SSO SAML 1.1 SSO OpenID 2.0 Enjoy the reading! Configuration As I mentioned in my previous article, mapping Federation Authentication Methods to OAM Authentication Schemes is protocol dependent, since the methods are defined in the various protocols (SAML 2.0, SAML 1.1, OpenID 2.0). As such, the WLST commands to set those mappings will involve: Either the SP Partner Profile and affect all Partners referencing that profile, which do not override the Federation Authentication Method to OAM Authentication Scheme mappings Or the SP Partner entry, which will only affect the SP Partner It is important to note that if an SP Partner is configured to define one or more Federation Authentication Method to OAM Authentication Scheme mappings, then all the mappings defined in the SP Partner Profile will be ignored. WLST Commands The two OIF WLST commands that can be used to define mapping Federation Authentication Methods to OAM Authentication Schemes are: addSPPartnerProfileAuthnMethod() to define a mapping on an SP Partner Profile, taking as parameters: The name of the SP Partner Profile The Federation Authentication Method The OAM Authentication Scheme name addSPPartnerAuthnMethod() to define a mapping on an SP Partner , taking as parameters: The name of the SP Partner The Federation Authentication Method The OAM Authentication Scheme name Note: I will discuss in a subsequent article the other parameters of those commands. In the next sections, I will show examples on how to use those methods: For SAML 2.0, I will configure the SP Partner Profile, that will apply all the mappings to SP Partners referencing this profile, unless they override mapping definition For SAML 1.1, I will configure the SP Partner. For OpenID 2.0, I will configure the SP/RP Partner SAML 2.0 Test Setup In this setup, OIF is acting as an IdP and is integrated with a remote SAML 2.0 SP partner identified by AcmeSP. In this test, I will perform Federation SSO with OIF/IdP configured to: Use LDAPScheme as the Authentication Scheme Use BasicScheme as the Authentication Scheme Map BasicSessionScheme  to  the urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:Password Federation Authentication Method Use OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme as the Authentication Scheme Map OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme to  the urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport Federation Authentication Method LDAPScheme as Authentication Scheme Using the OOTB settings regarding user authentication in OAM, the user will be challenged via a FORM based login page based on the LDAPScheme. Also the default Federation Authentication Method mappings configuration maps only the urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport to LDAPScheme (also marked as the default scheme used for authentication), FAAuthScheme, BasicScheme and BasicFAScheme. After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would issue an Assertion similar to: <samlp:Response ...>    <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:status:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion ...>        <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>        <saml:Subject>            <saml:NameID ...>[email protected]</saml:NameID>            <saml:SubjectConfirmation Method="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:cm:bearer">                <saml:SubjectConfirmationData .../>            </saml:SubjectConfirmation>        </saml:Subject>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthnInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" SessionIndex="id-6i-Dm0yB-HekG6cejktwcKIFMzYE8Yrmqwfd0azz" SessionNotOnOrAfter="2014-03-21T21:53:55Z">            <saml:AuthnContext>                <saml:AuthnContextClassRef>                   urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport                </saml:AuthnContextClassRef>            </saml:AuthnContext>        </saml:AuthnStatement>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> BasicScheme as Authentication Scheme For this test, I will switch the default Authentication Scheme for the SP Partner Profile to BasicScheme instead of LDAPScheme. I will use the OIF WLST setSPPartnerProfileDefaultScheme() command and specify which scheme to be used as the default for the SP Partner Profile referenced by AcmeSP (which is saml20-sp-partner-profile in this case: getFedPartnerProfile("AcmeSP", "sp") ): Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the setSPPartnerProfileDefaultScheme() command:setSPPartnerProfileDefaultScheme("saml20-sp-partner-profile", "BasicScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() The user will now be challenged via HTTP Basic Authentication defined in the BasicScheme for AcmeSP. Also, as noted earlier, the default Federation Authentication Method mappings configuration maps only the urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport to LDAPScheme (also marked as the default scheme used for authentication), FAAuthScheme, BasicScheme and BasicFAScheme. After authentication via HTTP Basic Authentication, OIF/IdP would issue an Assertion similar to: <samlp:Response ...>    <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:status:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion ...>        <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>        <saml:Subject>            <saml:NameID ...>[email protected]</saml:NameID>            <saml:SubjectConfirmation Method="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:cm:bearer">                <saml:SubjectConfirmationData .../>            </saml:SubjectConfirmation>        </saml:Subject>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthnInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" SessionIndex="id-6i-Dm0yB-HekG6cejktwcKIFMzYE8Yrmqwfd0azz" SessionNotOnOrAfter="2014-03-21T21:53:55Z">            <saml:AuthnContext>                <saml:AuthnContextClassRef>                   urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport                </saml:AuthnContextClassRef>            </saml:AuthnContext>        </saml:AuthnStatement>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> Mapping BasicScheme To change the Federation Authentication Method mapping for the BasicScheme to urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:Password instead of urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport for the saml20-sp-partner-profile SAML 2.0 SP Partner Profile (the profile to which my AcmeSP Partner is bound to), I will execute the addSPPartnerProfileAuthnMethod() method: Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the addSPPartnerProfileAuthnMethod() command:addSPPartnerProfileAuthnMethod("saml20-sp-partner-profile", "urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:Password", "BasicScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() After authentication via HTTP Basic Authentication, OIF/IdP would now issue an Assertion similar to (see that the AuthnContextClassRef was changed from PasswordProtectedTransport to Password): <samlp:Response ...>    <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:status:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion ...>        <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>        <saml:Subject>            <saml:NameID ...>[email protected]</saml:NameID>            <saml:SubjectConfirmation Method="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:cm:bearer">                <saml:SubjectConfirmationData .../>            </saml:SubjectConfirmation>        </saml:Subject>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthnInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" SessionIndex="id-6i-Dm0yB-HekG6cejktwcKIFMzYE8Yrmqwfd0azz" SessionNotOnOrAfter="2014-03-21T21:53:55Z">            <saml:AuthnContext>                <saml:AuthnContextClassRef>                   urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:Password                </saml:AuthnContextClassRef>            </saml:AuthnContext>        </saml:AuthnStatement>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme as Authentication Scheme For this test, I will switch the default Authentication Scheme for the SP Partner Profile to OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme instead of BasicScheme. I will use the OIF WLST setSPPartnerProfileDefaultScheme() command and specify which scheme to be used as the default for the SP Partner Profile referenced by AcmeSP (which is saml20-sp-partner-profile in this case: getFedPartnerProfile("AcmeSP", "sp") ): Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the setSPPartnerProfileDefaultScheme() command:setSPPartnerProfileDefaultScheme("saml20-sp-partner-profile", "OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() The user will now be challenged via FORM defined in the OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme for AcmeSP. Contrarily to LDAPScheme and BasicScheme, the OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme is not mapped by default to any Federation Authentication Methods. As such, OIF/IdP will not be able to find a Federation Authentication Method and will set the method in the SAML Assertion to the OAM Authentication Scheme name. After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would issue an Assertion similar to (see the AuthnContextClassRef set to OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme): <samlp:Response ...>    <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:status:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion ...>        <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>        <saml:Subject>            <saml:NameID ...>[email protected]</saml:NameID>            <saml:SubjectConfirmation Method="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:cm:bearer">                <saml:SubjectConfirmationData .../>            </saml:SubjectConfirmation>        </saml:Subject>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthnInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" SessionIndex="id-6i-Dm0yB-HekG6cejktwcKIFMzYE8Yrmqwfd0azz" SessionNotOnOrAfter="2014-03-21T21:53:55Z">            <saml:AuthnContext>                <saml:AuthnContextClassRef> OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme                </saml:AuthnContextClassRef>            </saml:AuthnContext>        </saml:AuthnStatement>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> Mapping OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme To add the OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme  to the Federation Authentication Method urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport mapping, I will execute the addSPPartnerProfileAuthnMethod() method: Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the addSPPartnerProfileAuthnMethod() command:addSPPartnerProfileAuthnMethod("saml20-sp-partner-profile", "urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport", "OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would now issue an Assertion similar to (see that the method was changed from OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme to PasswordProtectedTransport): <samlp:Response ...>    <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:status:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion ...>        <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>        <saml:Subject>            <saml:NameID ...>[email protected]</saml:NameID>            <saml:SubjectConfirmation Method="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:cm:bearer">                <saml:SubjectConfirmationData .../>            </saml:SubjectConfirmation>        </saml:Subject>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthnInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" SessionIndex="id-6i-Dm0yB-HekG6cejktwcKIFMzYE8Yrmqwfd0azz" SessionNotOnOrAfter="2014-03-21T21:53:55Z">            <saml:AuthnContext>                <saml:AuthnContextClassRef>                   urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport                </saml:AuthnContextClassRef>            </saml:AuthnContext>        </saml:AuthnStatement>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> SAML 1.1 Test Setup In this setup, OIF is acting as an IdP and is integrated with a remote SAML 1.1 SP partner identified by AcmeSP. In this test, I will perform Federation SSO with OIF/IdP configured to: Use LDAPScheme as the Authentication Scheme Use OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme as the Authentication Scheme Map OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme to  the urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport Federation Authentication Method Use LDAPScheme as the Authentication Scheme Map LDAPScheme to  the urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport Federation Authentication Method LDAPScheme as Authentication Scheme Using the OOTB settings regarding user authentication in OAM, the user will be challenged via a FORM based login page based on the LDAPScheme. Also the default Federation Authentication Method mappings configuration maps only the urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password to LDAPScheme (also marked as the default scheme used for authentication), FAAuthScheme, BasicScheme and BasicFAScheme. After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would issue an Assertion similar to: <samlp:Response ...>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="samlp:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion Issuer="https://idp.com/oam/fed" ...>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp/ssov11</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthenticationInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" AuthenticationMethod="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password">            <saml:Subject>                <saml:NameIdentifier ...>[email protected]</saml:NameIdentifier>                <saml:SubjectConfirmation>                   <saml:ConfirmationMethod>                       urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:cm:bearer                   </saml:ConfirmationMethod>                </saml:SubjectConfirmation>            </saml:Subject>        </saml:AuthnStatement>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme as Authentication Scheme For this test, I will switch the default Authentication Scheme for the SP Partner to OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme instead of LDAPScheme. I will use the OIF WLST setSPPartnerDefaultScheme() command and specify which scheme to be used as the default for the SP Partner: Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the setSPPartnerDefaultScheme() command:setSPPartnerDefaultScheme("AcmeSP", "OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() The user will be challenged via FORM defined in the OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme for AcmeSP. Contrarily to LDAPScheme, the OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme is not mapped by default to any Federation Authentication Methods (in the SP Partner Profile). As such, OIF/IdP will not be able to find a Federation Authentication Method and will set the method in the SAML Assertion to the OAM Authentication Scheme name. After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would issue an Assertion similar to (see the AuthenticationMethod set to OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme): <samlp:Response ...>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="samlp:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion Issuer="https://idp.com/oam/fed" ...>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp/ssov11</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthenticationInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" AuthenticationMethod="OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme">            <saml:Subject>                <saml:NameIdentifier ...>[email protected]</saml:NameIdentifier>                <saml:SubjectConfirmation>                   <saml:ConfirmationMethod>                       urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:cm:bearer                   </saml:ConfirmationMethod>                </saml:SubjectConfirmation>            </saml:Subject>        </saml:AuthnStatement>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> Mapping OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme To map the OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme  to the Federation Authentication Method urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password for this SP Partner only, I will execute the addSPPartnerAuthnMethod() method: Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the addSPPartnerAuthnMethod() command:addSPPartnerAuthnMethod("AcmeSP", "urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password", "OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would now issue an Assertion similar to (see that the method was changed from OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme to password): <samlp:Response ...>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="samlp:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion Issuer="https://idp.com/oam/fed" ...>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp/ssov11</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthenticationInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" AuthenticationMethod="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password">            <saml:Subject>                <saml:NameIdentifier ...>[email protected]</saml:NameIdentifier>                <saml:SubjectConfirmation>                   <saml:ConfirmationMethod>                       urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:cm:bearer                   </saml:ConfirmationMethod>                </saml:SubjectConfirmation>            </saml:Subject>        </saml:AuthnStatement>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> LDAPScheme as Authentication Scheme I will now show that by defining a Federation Authentication Mapping at the Partner level, this now ignores all mappings defined at the SP Partner Profile level. For this test, I will switch the default Authentication Scheme for this SP Partner back to LDAPScheme, and the Assertion issued by OIF/IdP will not be able to map this LDAPScheme to a Federation Authentication Method anymore, since A Federation Authentication Method mapping is defined at the SP Partner level and thus the mappings defined at the SP Partner Profile are ignored The LDAPScheme is not listed in the mapping at the Partner level I will use the OIF WLST setSPPartnerDefaultScheme() command and specify which scheme to be used as the default for this SP Partner: Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the setSPPartnerDefaultScheme() command:setSPPartnerDefaultScheme("AcmeSP", "LDAPScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would issue an Assertion similar to (see the AuthenticationMethod set to LDAPScheme): <samlp:Response ...>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="samlp:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion Issuer="https://idp.com/oam/fed" ...>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp/ssov11</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthenticationInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" AuthenticationMethod="LDAPScheme">            <saml:Subject>                <saml:NameIdentifier ...>[email protected]</saml:NameIdentifier>                <saml:SubjectConfirmation>                   <saml:ConfirmationMethod>                       urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:cm:bearer                   </saml:ConfirmationMethod>                </saml:SubjectConfirmation>            </saml:Subject>        </saml:AuthnStatement>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> Mapping LDAPScheme at Partner Level To fix this issue, we will need to add the LDAPScheme  to the Federation Authentication Method urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password mapping for this SP Partner only. I will execute the addSPPartnerAuthnMethod() method: Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the addSPPartnerAuthnMethod() command:addSPPartnerAuthnMethod("AcmeSP", "urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password", "LDAPScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would now issue an Assertion similar to (see that the method was changed from LDAPScheme to password): <samlp:Response ...>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="samlp:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion Issuer="https://idp.com/oam/fed" ...>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp/ssov11</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthenticationInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" AuthenticationMethod="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password">            <saml:Subject>                <saml:NameIdentifier ...>[email protected]</saml:NameIdentifier>                <saml:SubjectConfirmation>                   <saml:ConfirmationMethod>                       urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:cm:bearer                   </saml:ConfirmationMethod>                </saml:SubjectConfirmation>            </saml:Subject>        </saml:AuthnStatement>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> OpenID 2.0 In the OpenID 2.0 flows, the RP must request use of PAPE, in order for OIF/IdP/OP to include PAPE information. For OpenID 2.0, the configuration will involve mapping a list of OpenID 2.0 policies to a list of Authentication Schemes. The WLST command will take a list of policies, delimited by the ',' character, instead of SAML 2.0 or SAML 1.1 where a single Federation Authentication Method had to be specified. Test Setup In this setup, OIF is acting as an IdP/OP and is integrated with a remote OpenID 2.0 SP/RP partner identified by AcmeRP. In this test, I will perform Federation SSO with OIF/IdP configured to: Use LDAPScheme as the Authentication Scheme Map LDAPScheme to  the http://schemas.openid.net/pape/policies/2007/06/phishing-resistant and http://openid-policies/password-protected policies Federation Authentication Methods (the second one is a custom for this use case) LDAPScheme as Authentication Scheme Using the OOTB settings regarding user authentication in OAM, the user will be challenged via a FORM based login page based on the LDAPScheme. No Federation Authentication Method is defined OOTB for OpenID 2.0, so if the IdP/OP issue an SSO response with a PAPE Response element, it will specify the scheme name instead of Federation Authentication Methods After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would issue an SSO Response similar to: https://acme.com/openid?refid=id-9PKVXZmRxAeDYcgLqPm36ClzOMA-&openid.ns=http%3A%2F%2Fspecs.openid.net%2Fauth%2F2.0&openid.mode=id_res&openid.op_endpoint=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid&openid.claimed_id=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid%3Fid%3Did-38iCmmlAVEXPsFjnFVKArfn5RIiF75D5doorhEgqqPM%3D&openid.identity=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid%3Fid%3Did-38iCmmlAVEXPsFjnFVKArfn5RIiF75D5doorhEgqqPM%3D&openid.return_to=https%3A%2F%2Facme.com%2Fopenid%3Frefid%3Did-9PKVXZmRxAeDYcgLqPm36ClzOMA-&openid.response_nonce=2014-03-24T19%3A20%3A06Zid-YPa2kTNNFftZkgBb460jxJGblk2g--iNwPpDI7M1&openid.assoc_handle=id-6a5S6zhAKaRwQNUnjTKROREdAGSjWodG1el4xyz3&openid.ns.ax=http%3A%2F%2Fopenid.net%2Fsrv%2Fax%2F1.0&openid.ax.mode=fetch_response&openid.ax.type.attr0=http%3A%2F%2Fsession%2Fcount&openid.ax.value.attr0=1&openid.ax.type.attr1=http%3A%2F%2Fopenid.net%2Fschema%2FnamePerson%2Ffriendly&openid.ax.value.attr1=My+name+is+Bobby+Smith&openid.ax.type.attr2=http%3A%2F%2Fschemas.openid.net%2Fax%2Fapi%2Fuser_id&openid.ax.value.attr2=bob&openid.ax.type.attr3=http%3A%2F%2Faxschema.org%2Fcontact%2Femail&openid.ax.value.attr3=bob%40oracle.com&openid.ax.type.attr4=http%3A%2F%2Fsession%2Fipaddress&openid.ax.value.attr4=10.145.120.253&openid.ns.pape=http%3A%2F%2Fspecs.openid.net%2Fextensions%2Fpape%2F1.0&openid.pape.auth_time=2014-03-24T19%3A20%3A05Z&openid.pape.auth_policies=LDAPScheme&openid.signed=op_endpoint%2Cclaimed_id%2Cidentity%2Creturn_to%2Cresponse_nonce%2Cassoc_handle%2Cns.ax%2Cax.mode%2Cax.type.attr0%2Cax.value.attr0%2Cax.type.attr1%2Cax.value.attr1%2Cax.type.attr2%2Cax.value.attr2%2Cax.type.attr3%2Cax.value.attr3%2Cax.type.attr4%2Cax.value.attr4%2Cns.pape%2Cpape.auth_time%2Cpape.auth_policies&openid.sig=mYMgbGYSs22l8e%2FDom9NRPw15u8%3D Mapping LDAPScheme To map the LDAP Scheme to the http://schemas.openid.net/pape/policies/2007/06/phishing-resistant and http://openid-policies/password-protected policies Federation Authentication Methods, I will execute the addSPPartnerAuthnMethod() method (the policies will be comma separated): Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the addSPPartnerAuthnMethod() command:addSPPartnerAuthnMethod("AcmeRP", "http://schemas.openid.net/pape/policies/2007/06/phishing-resistant,http://openid-policies/password-protected", "LDAPScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would now issue an Assertion similar to (see that the method was changed from LDAPScheme to the two policies): https://acme.com/openid?refid=id-9PKVXZmRxAeDYcgLqPm36ClzOMA-&openid.ns=http%3A%2F%2Fspecs.openid.net%2Fauth%2F2.0&openid.mode=id_res&openid.op_endpoint=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid&openid.claimed_id=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid%3Fid%3Did-38iCmmlAVEXPsFjnFVKArfn5RIiF75D5doorhEgqqPM%3D&openid.identity=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid%3Fid%3Did-38iCmmlAVEXPsFjnFVKArfn5RIiF75D5doorhEgqqPM%3D&openid.return_to=https%3A%2F%2Facme.com%2Fopenid%3Frefid%3Did-9PKVXZmRxAeDYcgLqPm36ClzOMA-&openid.response_nonce=2014-03-24T19%3A20%3A06Zid-YPa2kTNNFftZkgBb460jxJGblk2g--iNwPpDI7M1&openid.assoc_handle=id-6a5S6zhAKaRwQNUnjTKROREdAGSjWodG1el4xyz3&openid.ns.ax=http%3A%2F%2Fopenid.net%2Fsrv%2Fax%2F1.0&openid.ax.mode=fetch_response&openid.ax.type.attr0=http%3A%2F%2Fsession%2Fcount&openid.ax.value.attr0=1&openid.ax.type.attr1=http%3A%2F%2Fopenid.net%2Fschema%2FnamePerson%2Ffriendly&openid.ax.value.attr1=My+name+is+Bobby+Smith&openid.ax.type.attr2=http%3A%2F%2Fschemas.openid.net%2Fax%2Fapi%2Fuser_id&openid.ax.value.attr2=bob&openid.ax.type.attr3=http%3A%2F%2Faxschema.org%2Fcontact%2Femail&openid.ax.value.attr3=bob%40oracle.com&openid.ax.type.attr4=http%3A%2F%2Fsession%2Fipaddress&openid.ax.value.attr4=10.145.120.253&openid.ns.pape=http%3A%2F%2Fspecs.openid.net%2Fextensions%2Fpape%2F1.0&openid.pape.auth_time=2014-03-24T19%3A20%3A05Z&openid.pape.auth_policies=http%3A%2F%2Fschemas.openid.net%2Fpape%2Fpolicies%2F2007%2F06%2Fphishing-resistant+http%3A%2F%2Fopenid-policies%2Fpassword-protected&openid.signed=op_endpoint%2Cclaimed_id%2Cidentity%2Creturn_to%2Cresponse_nonce%2Cassoc_handle%2Cns.ax%2Cax.mode%2Cax.type.attr0%2Cax.value.attr0%2Cax.type.attr1%2Cax.value.attr1%2Cax.type.attr2%2Cax.value.attr2%2Cax.type.attr3%2Cax.value.attr3%2Cax.type.attr4%2Cax.value.attr4%2Cns.pape%2Cpape.auth_time%2Cpape.auth_policies&openid.sig=mYMgbGYSs22l8e%2FDom9NRPw15u8%3D In the next article, I will cover how OIF/IdP can be configured so that an SP can request a specific Federation Authentication Method to challenge the user during Federation SSO.Cheers,Damien Carru

  Read the article

• Table sorting & pagination with jQuery and Razor in ASP.NET MVC

  - by hajan

  Introduction jQuery enjoys living inside pages which are built on top of ASP.NET MVC Framework. The ASP.NET MVC is a place where things are organized very well and it is quite hard to make them dirty, especially because the pattern enforces you on purity (you can still make it dirty if you want so ;) ). We all know how easy is to build a HTML table with a header row, footer row and table rows showing some data. With ASP.NET MVC we can do this pretty easy, but, the result will be pure HTML table which only shows data, but does not includes sorting, pagination or some other advanced features that we were used to have in the ASP.NET WebForms GridView. Ok, there is the WebGrid MVC Helper, but what if we want to make something from pure table in our own clean style? In one of my recent projects, I’ve been using the jQuery tablesorter and tablesorter.pager plugins that go along. You don’t need to know jQuery to make this work… You need to know little CSS to create nice design for your table, but of course you can use mine from the demo… So, what you will see in this blog is how to attach this plugin to your pure html table and a div for pagination and make your table with advanced sorting and pagination features.   Demo Project Resources The resources I’m using for this demo project are shown in the following solution explorer window print screen: Content/images – folder that contains all the up/down arrow images, pagination buttons etc. You can freely replace them with your own, but keep the names the same if you don’t want to change anything in the CSS we will built later. Content/Site.css – The main css theme, where we will add the theme for our table too Controllers/HomeController.cs – The controller I’m using for this project Models/Person.cs – For this demo, I’m using Person.cs class Scripts – jquery-1.4.4.min.js, jquery.tablesorter.js, jquery.tablesorter.pager.js – required script to make the magic happens Views/Home/Index.cshtml – Index view (razor view engine) the other items are not important for the demo. ASP.NET MVC 1. Model In this demo I use only one Person class which defines Person entity with several properties. You can use your own model, maybe one which will access data from database or any other resource. Person.cs public class Person {     public string Name { get; set; }     public string Surname { get; set; }     public string Email { get; set; }     public int? Phone { get; set; }     public DateTime? DateAdded { get; set; }     public int? Age { get; set; }     public Person(string name, string surname, string email,         int? phone, DateTime? dateadded, int? age)     {         Name = name;         Surname = surname;         Email = email;         Phone = phone;         DateAdded = dateadded;         Age = age;     } } 2. View In our example, we have only one Index.chtml page where Razor View engine is used. Razor view engine is my favorite for ASP.NET MVC because it’s very intuitive, fluid and keeps your code clean. 3. Controller Since this is simple example with one page, we use one HomeController.cs where we have two methods, one of ActionResult type (Index) and another GetPeople() used to create and return list of people. HomeController.cs public class HomeController : Controller {     //     // GET: /Home/     public ActionResult Index()     {         ViewBag.People = GetPeople();         return View();     }     public List<Person> GetPeople()     {         List<Person> listPeople = new List<Person>();                  listPeople.Add(new Person("Hajan", "Selmani", "[email protected]", 070070070,DateTime.Now, 25));                     listPeople.Add(new Person("Straight", "Dean", "[email protected]", 123456789, DateTime.Now.AddDays(-5), 35));         listPeople.Add(new Person("Karsen", "Livia", "[email protected]", 46874651, DateTime.Now.AddDays(-2), 31));         listPeople.Add(new Person("Ringer", "Anne", "[email protected]", null, DateTime.Now, null));         listPeople.Add(new Person("O'Leary", "Michael", "[email protected]", 32424344, DateTime.Now, 44));         listPeople.Add(new Person("Gringlesby", "Anne", "[email protected]", null, DateTime.Now.AddDays(-9), 18));         listPeople.Add(new Person("Locksley", "Stearns", "[email protected]", 2135345, DateTime.Now, null));         listPeople.Add(new Person("DeFrance", "Michel", "[email protected]", 235325352, DateTime.Now.AddDays(-18), null));         listPeople.Add(new Person("White", "Johnson", null, null, DateTime.Now.AddDays(-22), 55));         listPeople.Add(new Person("Panteley", "Sylvia", null, 23233223, DateTime.Now.AddDays(-1), 32));         listPeople.Add(new Person("Blotchet-Halls", "Reginald", null, 323243423, DateTime.Now, 26));         listPeople.Add(new Person("Merr", "South", "[email protected]", 3232442, DateTime.Now.AddDays(-5), 85));         listPeople.Add(new Person("MacFeather", "Stearns", "[email protected]", null, DateTime.Now, null));         return listPeople;     } }   TABLE CSS/HTML DESIGN Now, lets start with the implementation. First of all, lets create the table structure and the main CSS. 1. HTML Structure @{     Layout = null;     } <!DOCTYPE html> <html> <head>     <title>ASP.NET & jQuery</title>     <!-- referencing styles, scripts and writing custom js scripts will go here --> </head> <body>     <div>         <table class="tablesorter">             <thead>                 <tr>                     <th> value </th>                 </tr>             </thead>             <tbody>                 <tr>                     <td>value</td>                 </tr>             </tbody>             <tfoot>                 <tr>                     <th> value </th>                 </tr>             </tfoot>         </table>         <div id="pager">                      </div>     </div> </body> </html> So, this is the main structure you need to create for each of your tables where you want to apply the functionality we will create. Of course the scripts are referenced once ;). As you see, our table has class tablesorter and also we have a div with id pager. In the next steps we will use both these to create the needed functionalities. The complete Index.cshtml coded to get the data from controller and display in the page is: <body>     <div>         <table class="tablesorter">             <thead>                 <tr>                     <th>Name</th>                     <th>Surname</th>                     <th>Email</th>                     <th>Phone</th>                     <th>Date Added</th>                 </tr>             </thead>             <tbody>                 @{                     foreach (var p in ViewBag.People)                     {                                 <tr>                         <td>@p.Name</td>                         <td>@p.Surname</td>                         <td>@p.Email</td>                         <td>@p.Phone</td>                         <td>@p.DateAdded</td>                     </tr>                     }                 }             </tbody>             <tfoot>                 <tr>                     <th>Name</th>                     <th>Surname</th>                     <th>Email</th>                     <th>Phone</th>                     <th>Date Added</th>                 </tr>             </tfoot>         </table>         <div id="pager" style="position: none;">             <form>             <img src="@Url.Content("~/Content/images/first.png")" class="first" />             <img src="@Url.Content("~/Content/images/prev.png")" class="prev" />             <input type="text" class="pagedisplay" />             <img src="@Url.Content("~/Content/images/next.png")" class="next" />             <img src="@Url.Content("~/Content/images/last.png")" class="last" />             <select class="pagesize">                 <option selected="selected" value="5">5</option>                 <option value="10">10</option>                 <option value="20">20</option>                 <option value="30">30</option>                 <option value="40">40</option>             </select>             </form>         </div>     </div> </body> So, mainly the structure is the same. I have added @Razor code to create table with data retrieved from the ViewBag.People which has been filled with data in the home controller. 2. CSS Design The CSS code I’ve created is: /* DEMO TABLE */ body {     font-size: 75%;     font-family: Verdana, Tahoma, Arial, "Helvetica Neue", Helvetica, Sans-Serif;     color: #232323;     background-color: #fff; } table { border-spacing:0; border:1px solid gray;} table.tablesorter thead tr .header {     background-image: url(images/bg.png);     background-repeat: no-repeat;     background-position: center right;     cursor: pointer; } table.tablesorter tbody td {     color: #3D3D3D;     padding: 4px;     background-color: #FFF;     vertical-align: top; } table.tablesorter tbody tr.odd td {     background-color:#F0F0F6; } table.tablesorter thead tr .headerSortUp {     background-image: url(images/asc.png); } table.tablesorter thead tr .headerSortDown {     background-image: url(images/desc.png); } table th { width:150px;            border:1px outset gray;            background-color:#3C78B5;            color:White;            cursor:pointer; } table thead th:hover { background-color:Yellow; color:Black;} table td { width:150px; border:1px solid gray;} PAGINATION AND SORTING Now, when everything is ready and we have the data, lets make pagination and sorting functionalities 1. jQuery Scripts referencing <link href="@Url.Content("~/Content/Site.css")" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> <script src="@Url.Content("~/Scripts/jquery-1.4.4.min.js")" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="@Url.Content("~/Scripts/jquery.tablesorter.js")" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="@Url.Content("~/Scripts/jquery.tablesorter.pager.js")" type="text/javascript"></script> 2. jQuery Sorting and Pagination script   <script type="text/javascript">     $(function () {         $("table.tablesorter").tablesorter({ widthFixed: true, sortList: [[0, 0]] })         .tablesorterPager({ container: $("#pager"), size: $(".pagesize option:selected").val() });     }); </script> So, with only two lines of code, I’m using both tablesorter and tablesorterPager plugins, giving some options to both these. Options added: tablesorter - widthFixed: true – gives fixed width of the columns tablesorter - sortList[[0,0]] – An array of instructions for per-column sorting and direction in the format: [[columnIndex, sortDirection], ... ] where columnIndex is a zero-based index for your columns left-to-right and sortDirection is 0 for Ascending and 1 for Descending. A valid argument that sorts ascending first by column 1 and then column 2 looks like: [[0,0],[1,0]] (source: http://tablesorter.com/docs/) tablesorterPager – container: $(“#pager”) – tells the pager container, the div with id pager in our case. tablesorterPager – size: the default size of each page, where I get the default value selected, so if you put selected to any other of the options in your select list, you will have this number of rows as default per page for the table too. END RESULTS 1. Table once the page is loaded (default results per page is 5 and is automatically sorted by 1st column as sortList is specified) 2. Sorted by Phone Descending 3. Changed pagination to 10 items per page 4. Sorted by Phone and Name (use SHIFT to sort on multiple columns) 5. Sorted by Date Added 6. Page 3, 5 items per page   ADDITIONAL ENHANCEMENTS We can do additional enhancements to the table. We can make search for each column. I will cover this in one of my next blogs. Stay tuned. DEMO PROJECT You can download demo project source code from HERE.CONCLUSION Once you finish with the demo, run your page and open the source code. You will be amazed of the purity of your code.Working with pagination in client side can be very useful. One of the benefits is performance, but if you have thousands of rows in your tables, you will get opposite result when talking about performance. Hence, sometimes it is nice idea to make pagination on back-end. So, the compromise between both approaches would be best to combine both of them. I use at most up to 500 rows on client-side and once the user reach the last page, we can trigger ajax postback which can get the next 500 rows using server-side pagination of the same data. I would like to recommend the following blog post http://weblogs.asp.net/gunnarpeipman/archive/2010/09/14/returning-paged-results-from-repositories-using-pagedresult-lt-t-gt.aspx, which will help you understand how to return page results from repository. I hope this was helpful post for you. Wait for my next posts ;). Please do let me know your feedback. Best Regards, Hajan

  Read the article

• Setting up Mono/ASP.NET 4.0 on Apache2/Ubuntu: Virtual hosts?

  - by Dave

  I'm attempting to setup Mono/ASP.NET 4.0 on my Apache server (which is running on Ubuntu). Thus far, I've been following a few tutorials/scripts supplied here, and here. As of now: Apache 2.2 is installed (accessible via 'localhost') Mono 2.10.5 is installed However, I'm struggling to configure Apache correctly... apparently the Virtual Host setting isn't doing its job and invoking the mod_mono plugin, nor is it even pulling source from the proper directory. While the Virtual Host setting points to '\srv\www\localhost', it clearly is pulling content instead from 'var/www/', which I've found is the default DocumentRoot for virtual hosts. I can confirm: "/opt/mono-2.10/bin/mod-mono-server4" exists. Virtual hosts file is being read, since undoing the comment in the main httpd.conf changed the root directory from 'htdocs' to 'var/www/' The Mono installation is at least semi-capable of running ASP 4.0, as evidenced by running XSP, navigating to 0.0.0.0:8080/ and getting an ASP.NET style error page with "Mono ASP 4.0.x" at the bottom. Can anyone point out how to fix these configurations and get Mono linked up with Apache? Here are my configs and relevant information: /usr/local/apache2/conf/httpd.conf: # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo_log" # with ServerRoot set to "/usr/local/apache2" will be interpreted by the # server as "/usr/local/apache2/logs/foo_log". # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "/usr/local/apache2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin david@localhost # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # ServerName localhost:80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "/usr/local/apache2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error_log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access_log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access_log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://www.example.com/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # MaxRanges: Maximum number of Ranges in a request before # returning the entire resource, or 0 for unlimited # Default setting is to accept 200 Ranges #MaxRanges 0 # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> * /usr/local/apache2/conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf * # # Virtual Hosts # # If you want to maintain multiple domains/hostnames on your # machine you can setup VirtualHost containers for them. Most configurations # use only name-based virtual hosts so the server doesn't need to worry about # IP addresses. This is indicated by the asterisks in the directives below. # # Please see the documentation at # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/vhosts/> # for further details before you try to setup virtual hosts. # # You may use the command line option '-S' to verify your virtual host # configuration. # # Use name-based virtual hosting. # NameVirtualHost *:80 # # VirtualHost example: # Almost any Apache directive may go into a VirtualHost container. # The first VirtualHost section is used for all requests that do not # match a ServerName or ServerAlias in any <VirtualHost> block. # <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName localhost ServerAdmin david@localhost DocumentRoot "/srv/www/localhost" # MonoServerPath can be changed to specify which version of ASP.NET is hosted # mod-mono-server1 = ASP.NET 1.1 / mod-mono-server2 = ASP.NET 2.0 # For SUSE Linux Enterprise Mono Extension, uncomment the line below: # MonoServerPath localhost "/opt/novell/mono/bin/mod-mono-server2" # For Mono on openSUSE, uncomment the line below instead: MonoServerPath localhost "/opt/mono-2.10/bin/mod-mono-server4" # To obtain line numbers in stack traces you need to do two things: # 1) Enable Debug code generation in your page by using the Debug="true" # page directive, or by setting <compilation debug="true" /> in the # application's Web.config # 2) Uncomment the MonoDebug true directive below to enable mod_mono debugging MonoDebug localhost true # The MONO_IOMAP environment variable can be configured to provide platform abstraction # for file access in Linux. Valid values for MONO_IOMAP are: # case # drive # all # Uncomment the line below to alter file access behavior for the configured application MonoSetEnv localhost PATH=/opt/mono-2.10/bin:$PATH;LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/opt/mono-2.10/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH; # # Additional environtment variables can be set for this server instance using # the MonoSetEnv directive. MonoSetEnv takes a string of 'name=value' pairs # separated by semicolons. For instance, to enable platform abstraction *and* # use Mono's old regular expression interpreter (which is slower, but has a # shorter setup time), uncomment the line below instead: # MonoSetEnv localhost MONO_IOMAP=all;MONO_OLD_RX=1 MonoApplications localhost "/:/srv/www/localhost" <Location "/"> Allow from all Order allow,deny MonoSetServerAlias localhost SetHandler mono SetOutputFilter DEFLATE SetEnvIfNoCase Request_URI "\.(?:gif|jpe?g|png)$" no-gzip dont-vary </Location> <IfModule mod_deflate.c> AddOutputFilterByType DEFLATE text/html text/plain text/xml text/javascript </IfModule> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/docs/dummy-host.example.com" ServerName dummy-host.example.com ServerAlias www.dummy-host.example.com ErrorLog "logs/dummy-host.example.com-error_log" CustomLog "logs/dummy-host.example.com-access_log" common </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/docs/dummy-host2.example.com" ServerName dummy-host2.example.com ErrorLog "logs/dummy-host2.example.com-error_log" CustomLog "logs/dummy-host2.example.com-access_log" common </VirtualHost> mono -V output: root@david-ubuntu:~# mono -V Mono JIT compiler version 2.6.7 (Debian 2.6.7-5ubuntu3) Copyright (C) 2002-2010 Novell, Inc and Contributors. www.mono-project.com TLS: __thread GC: Included Boehm (with typed GC and Parallel Mark) SIGSEGV: altstack Notifications: epoll Architecture: amd64 Disabled: none

  Read the article

• htaccess rewriterule works in one virtualhost, but not a second virtualhost

  - by Casey Flynn

  I have two virtualhosts configured with xampp on mac os x snow lion. Both use the following .htaccess file. <IfModule mod_rewrite.c> RewriteEngine On RewriteBase / # Protect hidden files from being viewed <Files .*> Order Deny,Allow Deny From All </Files> #Removes access to the system folder by users. #Additionally this will allow you to create a System.php controller, #previously this would not have been possible. #'system' can be replaced if you have renamed your system folder. RewriteCond %{REQUEST_URI} ^system.* RewriteRule ^(.*)$ /index.php?/$1 [L] #When your application folder isn't in the system folder #This snippet prevents user access to the application folder #Submitted by: Fabdrol #Rename 'application' to your applications folder name. RewriteCond %{REQUEST_URI} ^application.* RewriteRule ^(.*)$ /index.php?/$1 [L] #Checks to see if the user is attempting to access a valid file, #such as an image or css document, if this isn't true it sends the #request to index.php RewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-f RewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-d RewriteRule ^(.*)$ index.php/$01 [L] # If we don't have mod_rewrite installed, all 404's # can be sent to index.php, and everything works as normal. # Submitted by: ElliotHaughin ErrorDocument 404 /index.php My goal is to eliminate /index.php/ from my url strings. This htaccess works perfectly for one project, but not for the other (project/vhost) This is my vhosts.conf # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "/Applications/xampp/xamppfiles" will be interpreted by the # server as "/Applications/xampp/xamppfiles/logs/foo.log". # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "/Applications/XAMPP/xamppfiles" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so LoadModule bucketeer_module modules/mod_bucketeer.so LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule echo_module modules/mod_echo.so LoadModule case_filter_module modules/mod_case_filter.so LoadModule case_filter_in_module modules/mod_case_filter_in.so LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule suexec_module modules/mod_suexec.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so LoadModule cgid_module modules/mod_cgid.so LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so #LoadModule apreq_module modules/mod_apreq2.so LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so <IfDefine JUSTTOMAKEAPXSHAPPY> LoadModule php4_module modules/libphp4.so LoadModule php5_module modules/libphp5.so </IfDefine> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User nobody Group nogroup </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName www.example.com:80 # XAMPP ServerName localhost # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "/Users/caseyflynn/Documents/workspace/vibecompass" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None #XAMPP #Order deny,allow #Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "/Users/caseyflynn/Documents/workspace/vibecompass"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks ExecCGI Includes # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride All # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html index.php index.htmls index.htm </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog logs/error_log # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog logs/access_log common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog logs/access_log combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://www.example.com/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/Applications/XAMPP/xamppfiles/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "/Applications/xampp/xamppfiles/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/Applications/XAMPP/xamppfiles/phpmyadmin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig etc/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi AddHandler cgi-script .cgi .pl # For files that include their own HTTP headers: #AddHandler send-as-is asis # For server-parsed imagemap files: #AddHandler imap-file map # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # AddType text/html .shtml AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile etc/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # EnableMMAP off EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the /Applications/xampp/etc/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-ssl.conf <IfModule ssl_module> <IfDefine SSL> Include etc/extra/httpd-ssl.conf </IfDefine> </IfModule> # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #XAMPP Include etc/extra/httpd-xampp.conf Any idea what might be the root of this? ANSWER: had to add this to my httpd.conf file <Directory /Users/caseyflynn/Documents/workspace/cobar> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride all #XAMPP Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory>

  Read the article

• Squid + Dans Guardian (simple configuration)

  - by The Digital Ninja

  I just built a new proxy server and compiled the latest versions of squid and dansguardian. We use basic authentication to select what users are allowed outside of our network. It seems squid is working just fine and accepts my username and password and lets me out. But if i connect to dans guardian, it prompts for username and password and then displays a message saying my username is not allowed to access the internet. Its pulling my username for the error message so i know it knows who i am. The part i get confused on is i thought that part was handled all by squid, and squid is working flawlessly. Can someone please double check my config files and tell me if i'm missing something or there is some new option i must set to get this to work. dansguardian.conf # Web Access Denied Reporting (does not affect logging) # # -1 = log, but do not block - Stealth mode # 0 = just say 'Access Denied' # 1 = report why but not what denied phrase # 2 = report fully # 3 = use HTML template file (accessdeniedaddress ignored) - recommended # reportinglevel = 3 # Language dir where languages are stored for internationalisation. # The HTML template within this dir is only used when reportinglevel # is set to 3. When used, DansGuardian will display the HTML file instead of # using the perl cgi script. This option is faster, cleaner # and easier to customise the access denied page. # The language file is used no matter what setting however. # languagedir = '/etc/dansguardian/languages' # language to use from languagedir. language = 'ukenglish' # Logging Settings # # 0 = none 1 = just denied 2 = all text based 3 = all requests loglevel = 3 # Log Exception Hits # Log if an exception (user, ip, URL, phrase) is matched and so # the page gets let through. Can be useful for diagnosing # why a site gets through the filter. on | off logexceptionhits = on # Log File Format # 1 = DansGuardian format 2 = CSV-style format # 3 = Squid Log File Format 4 = Tab delimited logfileformat = 1 # Log file location # # Defines the log directory and filename. #loglocation = '/var/log/dansguardian/access.log' # Network Settings # # the IP that DansGuardian listens on. If left blank DansGuardian will # listen on all IPs. That would include all NICs, loopback, modem, etc. # Normally you would have your firewall protecting this, but if you want # you can limit it to only 1 IP. Yes only one. filterip = # the port that DansGuardian listens to. filterport = 8080 # the ip of the proxy (default is the loopback - i.e. this server) proxyip = 127.0.0.1 # the port DansGuardian connects to proxy on proxyport = 3128 # accessdeniedaddress is the address of your web server to which the cgi # dansguardian reporting script was copied # Do NOT change from the default if you are not using the cgi. # accessdeniedaddress = 'http://YOURSERVER.YOURDOMAIN/cgi-bin/dansguardian.pl' # Non standard delimiter (only used with accessdeniedaddress) # Default is enabled but to go back to the original standard mode dissable it. nonstandarddelimiter = on # Banned image replacement # Images that are banned due to domain/url/etc reasons including those # in the adverts blacklists can be replaced by an image. This will, # for example, hide images from advert sites and remove broken image # icons from banned domains. # 0 = off # 1 = on (default) usecustombannedimage = 1 custombannedimagefile = '/etc/dansguardian/transparent1x1.gif' # Filter groups options # filtergroups sets the number of filter groups. A filter group is a set of content # filtering options you can apply to a group of users. The value must be 1 or more. # DansGuardian will automatically look for dansguardianfN.conf where N is the filter # group. To assign users to groups use the filtergroupslist option. All users default # to filter group 1. You must have some sort of authentication to be able to map users # to a group. The more filter groups the more copies of the lists will be in RAM so # use as few as possible. filtergroups = 1 filtergroupslist = '/etc/dansguardian/filtergroupslist' # Authentication files location bannediplist = '/etc/dansguardian/bannediplist' exceptioniplist = '/etc/dansguardian/exceptioniplist' banneduserlist = '/etc/dansguardian/banneduserlist' exceptionuserlist = '/etc/dansguardian/exceptionuserlist' # Show weighted phrases found # If enabled then the phrases found that made up the total which excedes # the naughtyness limit will be logged and, if the reporting level is # high enough, reported. on | off showweightedfound = on # Weighted phrase mode # There are 3 possible modes of operation: # 0 = off = do not use the weighted phrase feature. # 1 = on, normal = normal weighted phrase operation. # 2 = on, singular = each weighted phrase found only counts once on a page. # weightedphrasemode = 2 # Positive result caching for text URLs # Caches good pages so they don't need to be scanned again # 0 = off (recommended for ISPs with users with disimilar browsing) # 1000 = recommended for most users # 5000 = suggested max upper limit urlcachenumber = # # Age before they are stale and should be ignored in seconds # 0 = never # 900 = recommended = 15 mins urlcacheage = # Smart and Raw phrase content filtering options # Smart is where the multiple spaces and HTML are removed before phrase filtering # Raw is where the raw HTML including meta tags are phrase filtered # CPU usage can be effectively halved by using setting 0 or 1 # 0 = raw only # 1 = smart only # 2 = both (default) phrasefiltermode = 2 # Lower casing options # When a document is scanned the uppercase letters are converted to lower case # in order to compare them with the phrases. However this can break Big5 and # other 16-bit texts. If needed preserve the case. As of version 2.7.0 accented # characters are supported. # 0 = force lower case (default) # 1 = do not change case preservecase = 0 # Hex decoding options # When a document is scanned it can optionally convert %XX to chars. # If you find documents are getting past the phrase filtering due to encoding # then enable. However this can break Big5 and other 16-bit texts. # 0 = disabled (default) # 1 = enabled hexdecodecontent = 0 # Force Quick Search rather than DFA search algorithm # The current DFA implementation is not totally 16-bit character compatible # but is used by default as it handles large phrase lists much faster. # If you wish to use a large number of 16-bit character phrases then # enable this option. # 0 = off (default) # 1 = on (Big5 compatible) forcequicksearch = 0 # Reverse lookups for banned site and URLs. # If set to on, DansGuardian will look up the forward DNS for an IP URL # address and search for both in the banned site and URL lists. This would # prevent a user from simply entering the IP for a banned address. # It will reduce searching speed somewhat so unless you have a local caching # DNS server, leave it off and use the Blanket IP Block option in the # bannedsitelist file instead. reverseaddresslookups = off # Reverse lookups for banned and exception IP lists. # If set to on, DansGuardian will look up the forward DNS for the IP # of the connecting computer. This means you can put in hostnames in # the exceptioniplist and bannediplist. # It will reduce searching speed somewhat so unless you have a local DNS server, # leave it off. reverseclientiplookups = off # Build bannedsitelist and bannedurllist cache files. # This will compare the date stamp of the list file with the date stamp of # the cache file and will recreate as needed. # If a bsl or bul .processed file exists, then that will be used instead. # It will increase process start speed by 300%. On slow computers this will # be significant. Fast computers do not need this option. on | off createlistcachefiles = on # POST protection (web upload and forms) # does not block forms without any file upload, i.e. this is just for # blocking or limiting uploads # measured in kibibytes after MIME encoding and header bumph # use 0 for a complete block # use higher (e.g. 512 = 512Kbytes) for limiting # use -1 for no blocking #maxuploadsize = 512 #maxuploadsize = 0 maxuploadsize = -1 # Max content filter page size # Sometimes web servers label binary files as text which can be very # large which causes a huge drain on memory and cpu resources. # To counter this, you can limit the size of the document to be # filtered and get it to just pass it straight through. # This setting also applies to content regular expression modification. # The size is in Kibibytes - eg 2048 = 2Mb # use 0 for no limit maxcontentfiltersize = # Username identification methods (used in logging) # You can have as many methods as you want and not just one. The first one # will be used then if no username is found, the next will be used. # * proxyauth is for when basic proxy authentication is used (no good for # transparent proxying). # * ntlm is for when the proxy supports the MS NTLM authentication # protocol. (Only works with IE5.5 sp1 and later). **NOT IMPLEMENTED** # * ident is for when the others don't work. It will contact the computer # that the connection came from and try to connect to an identd server # and query it for the user owner of the connection. usernameidmethodproxyauth = on usernameidmethodntlm = off # **NOT IMPLEMENTED** usernameidmethodident = off # Preemptive banning - this means that if you have proxy auth enabled and a user accesses # a site banned by URL for example they will be denied straight away without a request # for their user and pass. This has the effect of requiring the user to visit a clean # site first before it knows who they are and thus maybe an admin user. # This is how DansGuardian has always worked but in some situations it is less than # ideal. So you can optionally disable it. Default is on. # As a side effect disabling this makes AD image replacement work better as the mime # type is know. preemptivebanning = on # Misc settings # if on it adds an X-Forwarded-For: <clientip> to the HTTP request # header. This may help solve some problem sites that need to know the # source ip. on | off forwardedfor = on # if on it uses the X-Forwarded-For: <clientip> to determine the client # IP. This is for when you have squid between the clients and DansGuardian. # Warning - headers are easily spoofed. on | off usexforwardedfor = off # if on it logs some debug info regarding fork()ing and accept()ing which # can usually be ignored. These are logged by syslog. It is safe to leave # it on or off logconnectionhandlingerrors = on # Fork pool options # sets the maximum number of processes to sporn to handle the incomming # connections. Max value usually 250 depending on OS. # On large sites you might want to try 180. maxchildren = 180 # sets the minimum number of processes to sporn to handle the incomming connections. # On large sites you might want to try 32. minchildren = 32 # sets the minimum number of processes to be kept ready to handle connections. # On large sites you might want to try 8. minsparechildren = 8 # sets the minimum number of processes to sporn when it runs out # On large sites you might want to try 10. preforkchildren = 10 # sets the maximum number of processes to have doing nothing. # When this many are spare it will cull some of them. # On large sites you might want to try 64. maxsparechildren = 64 # sets the maximum age of a child process before it croaks it. # This is the number of connections they handle before exiting. # On large sites you might want to try 10000. maxagechildren = 5000 # Process options # (Change these only if you really know what you are doing). # These options allow you to run multiple instances of DansGuardian on a single machine. # Remember to edit the log file path above also if that is your intention. # IPC filename # # Defines IPC server directory and filename used to communicate with the log process. ipcfilename = '/tmp/.dguardianipc' # URL list IPC filename # # Defines URL list IPC server directory and filename used to communicate with the URL # cache process. urlipcfilename = '/tmp/.dguardianurlipc' # PID filename # # Defines process id directory and filename. #pidfilename = '/var/run/dansguardian.pid' # Disable daemoning # If enabled the process will not fork into the background. # It is not usually advantageous to do this. # on|off ( defaults to off ) nodaemon = off # Disable logging process # on|off ( defaults to off ) nologger = off # Daemon runas user and group # This is the user that DansGuardian runs as. Normally the user/group nobody. # Uncomment to use. Defaults to the user set at compile time. # daemonuser = 'nobody' # daemongroup = 'nobody' # Soft restart # When on this disables the forced killing off all processes in the process group. # This is not to be confused with the -g run time option - they are not related. # on|off ( defaults to off ) softrestart = off maxcontentramcachescansize = 2000 maxcontentfilecachescansize = 20000 downloadmanager = '/etc/dansguardian/downloadmanagers/default.conf' authplugin = '/etc/dansguardian/authplugins/proxy-basic.conf' Squid.conf http_port 3128 hierarchy_stoplist cgi-bin ? acl QUERY urlpath_regex cgi-bin \? cache deny QUERY acl apache rep_header Server ^Apache #broken_vary_encoding allow apache access_log /squid/var/logs/access.log squid hosts_file /etc/hosts auth_param basic program /squid/libexec/ncsa_auth /squid/etc/userbasic.auth auth_param basic children 5 auth_param basic realm proxy auth_param basic credentialsttl 2 hours auth_param basic casesensitive off refresh_pattern ^ftp: 1440 20% 10080 refresh_pattern ^gopher: 1440 0% 1440 refresh_pattern . 0 20% 4320 acl NoAuthNec src <HIDDEN FOR SECURITY> acl BrkRm src <HIDDEN FOR SECURITY> acl Dials src <HIDDEN FOR SECURITY> acl Comps src <HIDDEN FOR SECURITY> acl whsws dstdom_regex -i .opensuse.org .novell.com .suse.com mirror.mcs.an1.gov mirrors.kernerl.org www.suse.de suse.mirrors.tds.net mirrros.usc.edu ftp.ale.org suse.cs.utah.edu mirrors.usc.edu mirror.usc.an1.gov linux.nssl.noaa.gov noaa.gov .kernel.org ftp.ale.org ftp.gwdg.de .medibuntu.org mirrors.xmission.com .canonical.com .ubuntu. acl opensites dstdom_regex -i .mbsbooks.com .bowker.com .usps.com .usps.gov .ups.com .fedex.com go.microsoft.com .microsoft.com .apple.com toolbar.msn.com .contacts.msn.com update.services.openoffice.org fms2.pointroll.speedera.net services.wmdrm.windowsmedia.com windowsupdate.com .adobe.com .symantec.com .vitalbook.com vxn1.datawire.net vxn.datawire.net download.lavasoft.de .download.lavasoft.com .lavasoft.com updates.ls-servers.com .canadapost. .myyellow.com minirick symantecliveupdate.com wm.overdrive.com www.overdrive.com productactivation.one.microsoft.com www.update.microsoft.com testdrive.whoson.com www.columbia.k12.mo.us banners.wunderground.com .kofax.com .gotomeeting.com tools.google.com .dl.google.com .cache.googlevideo.com .gpdl.google.com .clients.google.com cache.pack.google.com kh.google.com maps.google.com auth.keyhole.com .contacts.msn.com .hrblock.com .taxcut.com .merchantadvantage.com .jtv.com .malwarebytes.org www.google-analytics.com dcs.support.xerox.com .dhl.com .webtrendslive.com javadl-esd.sun.com javadl-alt.sun.com .excelsior.edu .dhlglobalmail.com .nessus.org .foxitsoftware.com foxit.vo.llnwd.net installshield.com .mindjet.com .mediascouter.com media.us.elsevierhealth.com .xplana.com .govtrack.us sa.tulsacc.edu .omniture.com fpdownload.macromedia.com webservices.amazon.com acl password proxy_auth REQUIRED acl all src all acl manager proto cache_object acl localhost src 127.0.0.1/255.255.255.255 acl to_localhost dst 127.0.0.0/8 acl SSL_ports port 443 563 631 2001 2005 8731 9001 9080 10000 acl Safe_ports port 80 # http acl Safe_ports port 21 # ftp acl Safe_ports port # https, snews 443 563 acl Safe_ports port 70 # gopher acl Safe_ports port 210 # wais acl Safe_ports port # unregistered ports 1936-65535 acl Safe_ports port 280 # http-mgmt acl Safe_ports port 488 # gss-http acl Safe_ports port 10000 acl Safe_ports port 631 acl Safe_ports port 901 # SWAT acl purge method PURGE acl CONNECT method CONNECT acl UTubeUsers proxy_auth "/squid/etc/utubeusers.list" acl RestrictUTube dstdom_regex -i youtube.com acl RestrictFacebook dstdom_regex -i facebook.com acl FacebookUsers proxy_auth "/squid/etc/facebookusers.list" acl BuemerKEC src 10.10.128.0/24 acl MBSsortnet src 10.10.128.0/26 acl MSNExplorer browser -i MSN acl Printers src <HIDDEN FOR SECURITY> acl SpecialFolks src <HIDDEN FOR SECURITY> # streaming download acl fails rep_mime_type ^.*mms.* acl fails rep_mime_type ^.*ms-hdr.* acl fails rep_mime_type ^.*x-fcs.* acl fails rep_mime_type ^.*x-ms-asf.* acl fails2 urlpath_regex dvrplayer mediastream mms:// acl fails2 urlpath_regex \.asf$ \.afx$ \.flv$ \.swf$ acl deny_rep_mime_flashvideo rep_mime_type -i video/flv acl deny_rep_mime_shockwave rep_mime_type -i ^application/x-shockwave-flash$ acl x-type req_mime_type -i ^application/octet-stream$ acl x-type req_mime_type -i application/octet-stream acl x-type req_mime_type -i ^application/x-mplayer2$ acl x-type req_mime_type -i application/x-mplayer2 acl x-type req_mime_type -i ^application/x-oleobject$ acl x-type req_mime_type -i application/x-oleobject acl x-type req_mime_type -i application/x-pncmd acl x-type req_mime_type -i ^video/x-ms-asf$ acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i ^application/octet-stream$ acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i application/octet-stream acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i ^application/x-mplayer2$ acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i application/x-mplayer2 acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i ^application/x-oleobject$ acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i application/x-oleobject acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i application/x-pncmd acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i ^video/x-ms-asf$ acl RestrictHulu dstdom_regex -i hulu.com acl broken dstdomain cms.montgomerycollege.edu events.columbiamochamber.com members.columbiamochamber.com public.genexusserver.com acl RestrictVimeo dstdom_regex -i vimeo.com acl http_port port 80 #http_reply_access deny deny_rep_mime_flashvideo #http_reply_access deny deny_rep_mime_shockwave #streaming files #http_access deny fails #http_reply_access deny fails #http_access deny fails2 #http_reply_access deny fails2 #http_access deny x-type #http_reply_access deny x-type #http_access deny x-type2 #http_reply_access deny x-type2 follow_x_forwarded_for allow localhost acl_uses_indirect_client on log_uses_indirect_client on http_access allow manager localhost http_access deny manager http_access allow purge localhost http_access deny purge http_access allow SpecialFolks http_access deny CONNECT !SSL_ports http_access allow whsws http_access allow opensites http_access deny BuemerKEC !MBSsortnet http_access deny BrkRm RestrictUTube RestrictFacebook RestrictVimeo http_access allow RestrictUTube UTubeUsers http_access deny RestrictUTube http_access allow RestrictFacebook FacebookUsers http_access deny RestrictFacebook http_access deny RestrictHulu http_access allow NoAuthNec http_access allow BrkRm http_access allow FacebookUsers RestrictVimeo http_access deny RestrictVimeo http_access allow Comps http_access allow Dials http_access allow Printers http_access allow password http_access deny !Safe_ports http_access deny SSL_ports !CONNECT http_access allow http_port http_access deny all http_reply_access allow all icp_access allow all access_log /squid/var/logs/access.log squid visible_hostname proxy.site.com forwarded_for off coredump_dir /squid/cache/ #header_access Accept-Encoding deny broken #acl snmppublic snmp_community mysecretcommunity #snmp_port 3401 #snmp_access allow snmppublic all cache_mem 3 GB #acl snmppublic snmp_community mbssquid #snmp_port 3401 #snmp_access allow snmppublic all

  Read the article

• How John Got 15x Improvement Without Really Trying

  - by rchrd

  The following article was published on a Sun Microsystems website a number of years ago by John Feo. It is still useful and worth preserving. So I'm republishing it here.  How I Got 15x Improvement Without Really Trying John Feo, Sun Microsystems Taking ten "personal" program codes used in scientific and engineering research, the author was able to get from 2 to 15 times performance improvement easily by applying some simple general optimization techniques. Introduction Scientific research based on computer simulation depends on the simulation for advancement. The research can advance only as fast as the computational codes can execute. The codes' efficiency determines both the rate and quality of results. In the same amount of time, a faster program can generate more results and can carry out a more detailed simulation of physical phenomena than a slower program. Highly optimized programs help science advance quickly and insure that monies supporting scientific research are used as effectively as possible. Scientific computer codes divide into three broad categories: ISV, community, and personal. ISV codes are large, mature production codes developed and sold commercially. The codes improve slowly over time both in methods and capabilities, and they are well tuned for most vendor platforms. Since the codes are mature and complex, there are few opportunities to improve their performance solely through code optimization. Improvements of 10% to 15% are typical. Examples of ISV codes are DYNA3D, Gaussian, and Nastran. Community codes are non-commercial production codes used by a particular research field. Generally, they are developed and distributed by a single academic or research institution with assistance from the community. Most users just run the codes, but some develop new methods and extensions that feed back into the general release. The codes are available on most vendor platforms. Since these codes are younger than ISV codes, there are more opportunities to optimize the source code. Improvements of 50% are not unusual. Examples of community codes are AMBER, CHARM, BLAST, and FASTA. Personal codes are those written by single users or small research groups for their own use. These codes are not distributed, but may be passed from professor-to-student or student-to-student over several years. They form the primordial ocean of applications from which community and ISV codes emerge. Government research grants pay for the development of most personal codes. This paper reports on the nature and performance of this class of codes. Over the last year, I have looked at over two dozen personal codes from more than a dozen research institutions. The codes cover a variety of scientific fields, including astronomy, atmospheric sciences, bioinformatics, biology, chemistry, geology, and physics. The sources range from a few hundred lines to more than ten thousand lines, and are written in Fortran, Fortran 90, C, and C++. For the most part, the codes are modular, documented, and written in a clear, straightforward manner. They do not use complex language features, advanced data structures, programming tricks, or libraries. I had little trouble understanding what the codes did or how data structures were used. Most came with a makefile. Surprisingly, only one of the applications is parallel. All developers have access to parallel machines, so availability is not an issue. Several tried to parallelize their applications, but stopped after encountering difficulties. Lack of education and a perception that parallelism is difficult prevented most from trying. I parallelized several of the codes using OpenMP, and did not judge any of the codes as difficult to parallelize. Even more surprising than the lack of parallelism is the inefficiency of the codes. I was able to get large improvements in performance in a matter of a few days applying simple optimization techniques. Table 1 lists ten representative codes [names and affiliation are omitted to preserve anonymity]. Improvements on one processor range from 2x to 15.5x with a simple average of 4.75x. I did not use sophisticated performance tools or drill deep into the program's execution character as one would do when tuning ISV or community codes. Using only a profiler and source line timers, I identified inefficient sections of code and improved their performance by inspection. The changes were at a high level. I am sure there is another factor of 2 or 3 in each code, and more if the codes are parallelized. The study’s results show that personal scientific codes are running many times slower than they should and that the problem is pervasive. Computational scientists are not sloppy programmers; however, few are trained in the art of computer programming or code optimization. I found that most have a working knowledge of some programming language and standard software engineering practices; but they do not know, or think about, how to make their programs run faster. They simply do not know the standard techniques used to make codes run faster. In fact, they do not even perceive that such techniques exist. The case studies described in this paper show that applying simple, well known techniques can significantly increase the performance of personal codes. It is important that the scientific community and the Government agencies that support scientific research find ways to better educate academic scientific programmers. The inefficiency of their codes is so bad that it is retarding both the quality and progress of scientific research. # cacheperformance redundantoperations loopstructures performanceimprovement 1 x x 15.5 2 x 2.8 3 x x 2.5 4 x 2.1 5 x x 2.0 6 x 5.0 7 x 5.8 8 x 6.3 9 2.2 10 x x 3.3 Table 1 — Area of improvement and performance gains of 10 codes The remainder of the paper is organized as follows: sections 2, 3, and 4 discuss the three most common sources of inefficiencies in the codes studied. These are cache performance, redundant operations, and loop structures. Each section includes several examples. The last section summaries the work and suggests a possible solution to the issues raised. Optimizing cache performance Commodity microprocessor systems use caches to increase memory bandwidth and reduce memory latencies. Typical latencies from processor to L1, L2, local, and remote memory are 3, 10, 50, and 200 cycles, respectively. Moreover, bandwidth falls off dramatically as memory distances increase. Programs that do not use cache effectively run many times slower than programs that do. When optimizing for cache, the biggest performance gains are achieved by accessing data in cache order and reusing data to amortize the overhead of cache misses. Secondary considerations are prefetching, associativity, and replacement; however, the understanding and analysis required to optimize for the latter are probably beyond the capabilities of the non-expert. Much can be gained simply by accessing data in the correct order and maximizing data reuse. 6 out of the 10 codes studied here benefited from such high level optimizations. Array Accesses The most important cache optimization is the most basic: accessing Fortran array elements in column order and C array elements in row order. Four of the ten codes—1, 2, 4, and 10—got it wrong. Compilers will restructure nested loops to optimize cache performance, but may not do so if the loop structure is too complex, or the loop body includes conditionals, complex addressing, or function calls. In code 1, the compiler failed to invert a key loop because of complex addressing do I = 0, 1010, delta_x IM = I - delta_x IP = I + delta_x do J = 5, 995, delta_x JM = J - delta_x JP = J + delta_x T1 = CA1(IP, J) + CA1(I, JP) T2 = CA1(IM, J) + CA1(I, JM) S1 = T1 + T2 - 4 * CA1(I, J) CA(I, J) = CA1(I, J) + D * S1 end do end do In code 2, the culprit is conditionals do I = 1, N do J = 1, N If (IFLAG(I,J) .EQ. 0) then T1 = Value(I, J-1) T2 = Value(I-1, J) T3 = Value(I, J) T4 = Value(I+1, J) T5 = Value(I, J+1) Value(I,J) = 0.25 * (T1 + T2 + T5 + T4) Delta = ABS(T3 - Value(I,J)) If (Delta .GT. MaxDelta) MaxDelta = Delta endif enddo enddo I fixed both programs by inverting the loops by hand. Code 10 has three-dimensional arrays and triply nested loops. The structure of the most computationally intensive loops is too complex to invert automatically or by hand. The only practical solution is to transpose the arrays so that the dimension accessed by the innermost loop is in cache order. The arrays can be transposed at construction or prior to entering a computationally intensive section of code. The former requires all array references to be modified, while the latter is cost effective only if the cost of the transpose is amortized over many accesses. I used the second approach to optimize code 10. Code 5 has four-dimensional arrays and loops are nested four deep. For all of the reasons cited above the compiler is not able to restructure three key loops. Assume C arrays and let the four dimensions of the arrays be i, j, k, and l. In the original code, the index structure of the three loops is L1: for i L2: for i L3: for i for l for l for j for k for j for k for j for k for l So only L3 accesses array elements in cache order. L1 is a very complex loop—much too complex to invert. I brought the loop into cache alignment by transposing the second and fourth dimensions of the arrays. Since the code uses a macro to compute all array indexes, I effected the transpose at construction and changed the macro appropriately. The dimensions of the new arrays are now: i, l, k, and j. L3 is a simple loop and easily inverted. L2 has a loop-carried scalar dependence in k. By promoting the scalar name that carries the dependence to an array, I was able to invert the third and fourth subloops aligning the loop with cache. Code 5 is by far the most difficult of the four codes to optimize for array accesses; but the knowledge required to fix the problems is no more than that required for the other codes. I would judge this code at the limits of, but not beyond, the capabilities of appropriately trained computational scientists. Array Strides When a cache miss occurs, a line (64 bytes) rather than just one word is loaded into the cache. If data is accessed stride 1, than the cost of the miss is amortized over 8 words. Any stride other than one reduces the cost savings. Two of the ten codes studied suffered from non-unit strides. The codes represent two important classes of "strided" codes. Code 1 employs a multi-grid algorithm to reduce time to convergence. The grids are every tenth, fifth, second, and unit element. Since time to convergence is inversely proportional to the distance between elements, coarse grids converge quickly providing good starting values for finer grids. The better starting values further reduce the time to convergence. The downside is that grids of every nth element, n > 1, introduce non-unit strides into the computation. In the original code, much of the savings of the multi-grid algorithm were lost due to this problem. I eliminated the problem by compressing (copying) coarse grids into continuous memory, and rewriting the computation as a function of the compressed grid. On convergence, I copied the final values of the compressed grid back to the original grid. The savings gained from unit stride access of the compressed grid more than paid for the cost of copying. Using compressed grids, the loop from code 1 included in the previous section becomes do j = 1, GZ do i = 1, GZ T1 = CA(i+0, j-1) + CA(i-1, j+0) T4 = CA1(i+1, j+0) + CA1(i+0, j+1) S1 = T1 + T4 - 4 * CA1(i+0, j+0) CA(i+0, j+0) = CA1(i+0, j+0) + DD * S1 enddo enddo where CA and CA1 are compressed arrays of size GZ. Code 7 traverses a list of objects selecting objects for later processing. The labels of the selected objects are stored in an array. The selection step has unit stride, but the processing steps have irregular stride. A fix is to save the parameters of the selected objects in temporary arrays as they are selected, and pass the temporary arrays to the processing functions. The fix is practical if the same parameters are used in selection as in processing, or if processing comprises a series of distinct steps which use overlapping subsets of the parameters. Both conditions are true for code 7, so I achieved significant improvement by copying parameters to temporary arrays during selection. Data reuse In the previous sections, we optimized for spatial locality. It is also important to optimize for temporal locality. Once read, a datum should be used as much as possible before it is forced from cache. Loop fusion and loop unrolling are two techniques that increase temporal locality. Unfortunately, both techniques increase register pressure—as loop bodies become larger, the number of registers required to hold temporary values grows. Once register spilling occurs, any gains evaporate quickly. For multiprocessors with small register sets or small caches, the sweet spot can be very small. In the ten codes presented here, I found no opportunities for loop fusion and only two opportunities for loop unrolling (codes 1 and 3). In code 1, unrolling the outer and inner loop one iteration increases the number of result values computed by the loop body from 1 to 4, do J = 1, GZ-2, 2 do I = 1, GZ-2, 2 T1 = CA1(i+0, j-1) + CA1(i-1, j+0) T2 = CA1(i+1, j-1) + CA1(i+0, j+0) T3 = CA1(i+0, j+0) + CA1(i-1, j+1) T4 = CA1(i+1, j+0) + CA1(i+0, j+1) T5 = CA1(i+2, j+0) + CA1(i+1, j+1) T6 = CA1(i+1, j+1) + CA1(i+0, j+2) T7 = CA1(i+2, j+1) + CA1(i+1, j+2) S1 = T1 + T4 - 4 * CA1(i+0, j+0) S2 = T2 + T5 - 4 * CA1(i+1, j+0) S3 = T3 + T6 - 4 * CA1(i+0, j+1) S4 = T4 + T7 - 4 * CA1(i+1, j+1) CA(i+0, j+0) = CA1(i+0, j+0) + DD * S1 CA(i+1, j+0) = CA1(i+1, j+0) + DD * S2 CA(i+0, j+1) = CA1(i+0, j+1) + DD * S3 CA(i+1, j+1) = CA1(i+1, j+1) + DD * S4 enddo enddo The loop body executes 12 reads, whereas as the rolled loop shown in the previous section executes 20 reads to compute the same four values. In code 3, two loops are unrolled 8 times and one loop is unrolled 4 times. Here is the before for (k = 0; k < NK[u]; k++) { sum = 0.0; for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { sum += W[y][u][k] * delta[y]; } backprop[i++]=sum; } and after code for (k = 0; k < KK - 8; k+=8) { sum0 = 0.0; sum1 = 0.0; sum2 = 0.0; sum3 = 0.0; sum4 = 0.0; sum5 = 0.0; sum6 = 0.0; sum7 = 0.0; for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { sum0 += W[y][0][k+0] * delta[y]; sum1 += W[y][0][k+1] * delta[y]; sum2 += W[y][0][k+2] * delta[y]; sum3 += W[y][0][k+3] * delta[y]; sum4 += W[y][0][k+4] * delta[y]; sum5 += W[y][0][k+5] * delta[y]; sum6 += W[y][0][k+6] * delta[y]; sum7 += W[y][0][k+7] * delta[y]; } backprop[k+0] = sum0; backprop[k+1] = sum1; backprop[k+2] = sum2; backprop[k+3] = sum3; backprop[k+4] = sum4; backprop[k+5] = sum5; backprop[k+6] = sum6; backprop[k+7] = sum7; } for one of the loops unrolled 8 times. Optimizing for temporal locality is the most difficult optimization considered in this paper. The concepts are not difficult, but the sweet spot is small. Identifying where the program can benefit from loop unrolling or loop fusion is not trivial. Moreover, it takes some effort to get it right. Still, educating scientific programmers about temporal locality and teaching them how to optimize for it will pay dividends. Reducing instruction count Execution time is a function of instruction count. Reduce the count and you usually reduce the time. The best solution is to use a more efficient algorithm; that is, an algorithm whose order of complexity is smaller, that converges quicker, or is more accurate. Optimizing source code without changing the algorithm yields smaller, but still significant, gains. This paper considers only the latter because the intent is to study how much better codes can run if written by programmers schooled in basic code optimization techniques. The ten codes studied benefited from three types of "instruction reducing" optimizations. The two most prevalent were hoisting invariant memory and data operations out of inner loops. The third was eliminating unnecessary data copying. The nature of these inefficiencies is language dependent. Memory operations The semantics of C make it difficult for the compiler to determine all the invariant memory operations in a loop. The problem is particularly acute for loops in functions since the compiler may not know the values of the function's parameters at every call site when compiling the function. Most compilers support pragmas to help resolve ambiguities; however, these pragmas are not comprehensive and there is no standard syntax. To guarantee that invariant memory operations are not executed repetitively, the user has little choice but to hoist the operations by hand. The problem is not as severe in Fortran programs because in the absence of equivalence statements, it is a violation of the language's semantics for two names to share memory. Codes 3 and 5 are C programs. In both cases, the compiler did not hoist all invariant memory operations from inner loops. Consider the following loop from code 3 for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { i = 0; for (u = 0; u < NU; u++) { for (k = 0; k < NK[u]; k++) { dW[y][u][k] += delta[y] * I1[i++]; } } } Since dW[y][u] can point to the same memory space as delta for one or more values of y and u, assignment to dW[y][u][k] may change the value of delta[y]. In reality, dW and delta do not overlap in memory, so I rewrote the loop as for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { i = 0; Dy = delta[y]; for (u = 0; u < NU; u++) { for (k = 0; k < NK[u]; k++) { dW[y][u][k] += Dy * I1[i++]; } } } Failure to hoist invariant memory operations may be due to complex address calculations. If the compiler can not determine that the address calculation is invariant, then it can hoist neither the calculation nor the associated memory operations. As noted above, code 5 uses a macro to address four-dimensional arrays #define MAT4D(a,q,i,j,k) (double *)((a)->data + (q)*(a)->strides[0] + (i)*(a)->strides[3] + (j)*(a)->strides[2] + (k)*(a)->strides[1]) The macro is too complex for the compiler to understand and so, it does not identify any subexpressions as loop invariant. The simplest way to eliminate the address calculation from the innermost loop (over i) is to define a0 = MAT4D(a,q,0,j,k) before the loop and then replace all instances of *MAT4D(a,q,i,j,k) in the loop with a0[i] A similar problem appears in code 6, a Fortran program. The key loop in this program is do n1 = 1, nh nx1 = (n1 - 1) / nz + 1 nz1 = n1 - nz * (nx1 - 1) do n2 = 1, nh nx2 = (n2 - 1) / nz + 1 nz2 = n2 - nz * (nx2 - 1) ndx = nx2 - nx1 ndy = nz2 - nz1 gxx = grn(1,ndx,ndy) gyy = grn(2,ndx,ndy) gxy = grn(3,ndx,ndy) balance(n1,1) = balance(n1,1) + (force(n2,1) * gxx + force(n2,2) * gxy) * h1 balance(n1,2) = balance(n1,2) + (force(n2,1) * gxy + force(n2,2) * gyy)*h1 end do end do The programmer has written this loop well—there are no loop invariant operations with respect to n1 and n2. However, the loop resides within an iterative loop over time and the index calculations are independent with respect to time. Trading space for time, I precomputed the index values prior to the entering the time loop and stored the values in two arrays. I then replaced the index calculations with reads of the arrays. Data operations Ways to reduce data operations can appear in many forms. Implementing a more efficient algorithm produces the biggest gains. The closest I came to an algorithm change was in code 4. This code computes the inner product of K-vectors A(i) and B(j), 0 = i < N, 0 = j < M, for most values of i and j. Since the program computes most of the NM possible inner products, it is more efficient to compute all the inner products in one triply-nested loop rather than one at a time when needed. The savings accrue from reading A(i) once for all B(j) vectors and from loop unrolling. for (i = 0; i < N; i+=8) { for (j = 0; j < M; j++) { sum0 = 0.0; sum1 = 0.0; sum2 = 0.0; sum3 = 0.0; sum4 = 0.0; sum5 = 0.0; sum6 = 0.0; sum7 = 0.0; for (k = 0; k < K; k++) { sum0 += A[i+0][k] * B[j][k]; sum1 += A[i+1][k] * B[j][k]; sum2 += A[i+2][k] * B[j][k]; sum3 += A[i+3][k] * B[j][k]; sum4 += A[i+4][k] * B[j][k]; sum5 += A[i+5][k] * B[j][k]; sum6 += A[i+6][k] * B[j][k]; sum7 += A[i+7][k] * B[j][k]; } C[i+0][j] = sum0; C[i+1][j] = sum1; C[i+2][j] = sum2; C[i+3][j] = sum3; C[i+4][j] = sum4; C[i+5][j] = sum5; C[i+6][j] = sum6; C[i+7][j] = sum7; }} This change requires knowledge of a typical run; i.e., that most inner products are computed. The reasons for the change, however, derive from basic optimization concepts. It is the type of change easily made at development time by a knowledgeable programmer. In code 5, we have the data version of the index optimization in code 6. Here a very expensive computation is a function of the loop indices and so cannot be hoisted out of the loop; however, the computation is invariant with respect to an outer iterative loop over time. We can compute its value for each iteration of the computation loop prior to entering the time loop and save the values in an array. The increase in memory required to store the values is small in comparison to the large savings in time. The main loop in Code 8 is doubly nested. The inner loop includes a series of guarded computations; some are a function of the inner loop index but not the outer loop index while others are a function of the outer loop index but not the inner loop index for (j = 0; j < N; j++) { for (i = 0; i < M; i++) { r = i * hrmax; R = A[j]; temp = (PRM[3] == 0.0) ? 1.0 : pow(r, PRM[3]); high = temp * kcoeff * B[j] * PRM[2] * PRM[4]; low = high * PRM[6] * PRM[6] / (1.0 + pow(PRM[4] * PRM[6], 2.0)); kap = (R > PRM[6]) ? high * R * R / (1.0 + pow(PRM[4]*r, 2.0) : low * pow(R/PRM[6], PRM[5]); < rest of loop omitted > }} Note that the value of temp is invariant to j. Thus, we can hoist the computation for temp out of the loop and save its values in an array. for (i = 0; i < M; i++) { r = i * hrmax; TEMP[i] = pow(r, PRM[3]); } [N.B. – the case for PRM[3] = 0 is omitted and will be reintroduced later.] We now hoist out of the inner loop the computations invariant to i. Since the conditional guarding the value of kap is invariant to i, it behooves us to hoist the computation out of the inner loop, thereby executing the guard once rather than M times. The final version of the code is for (j = 0; j < N; j++) { R = rig[j] / 1000.; tmp1 = kcoeff * par[2] * beta[j] * par[4]; tmp2 = 1.0 + (par[4] * par[4] * par[6] * par[6]); tmp3 = 1.0 + (par[4] * par[4] * R * R); tmp4 = par[6] * par[6] / tmp2; tmp5 = R * R / tmp3; tmp6 = pow(R / par[6], par[5]); if ((par[3] == 0.0) && (R > par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * tmp5; } else if ((par[3] == 0.0) && (R <= par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * tmp4 * tmp6; } else if ((par[3] != 0.0) && (R > par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * TEMP[i] * tmp5; } else if ((par[3] != 0.0) && (R <= par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * TEMP[i] * tmp4 * tmp6; } for (i = 0; i < M; i++) { kap = KAP[i]; r = i * hrmax; < rest of loop omitted > } } Maybe not the prettiest piece of code, but certainly much more efficient than the original loop, Copy operations Several programs unnecessarily copy data from one data structure to another. This problem occurs in both Fortran and C programs, although it manifests itself differently in the two languages. Code 1 declares two arrays—one for old values and one for new values. At the end of each iteration, the array of new values is copied to the array of old values to reset the data structures for the next iteration. This problem occurs in Fortran programs not included in this study and in both Fortran 77 and Fortran 90 code. Introducing pointers to the arrays and swapping pointer values is an obvious way to eliminate the copying; but pointers is not a feature that many Fortran programmers know well or are comfortable using. An easy solution not involving pointers is to extend the dimension of the value array by 1 and use the last dimension to differentiate between arrays at different times. For example, if the data space is N x N, declare the array (N, N, 2). Then store the problem’s initial values in (_, _, 2) and define the scalar names new = 2 and old = 1. At the start of each iteration, swap old and new to reset the arrays. The old–new copy problem did not appear in any C program. In programs that had new and old values, the code swapped pointers to reset data structures. Where unnecessary coping did occur is in structure assignment and parameter passing. Structures in C are handled much like scalars. Assignment causes the data space of the right-hand name to be copied to the data space of the left-hand name. Similarly, when a structure is passed to a function, the data space of the actual parameter is copied to the data space of the formal parameter. If the structure is large and the assignment or function call is in an inner loop, then copying costs can grow quite large. While none of the ten programs considered here manifested this problem, it did occur in programs not included in the study. A simple fix is always to refer to structures via pointers. Optimizing loop structures Since scientific programs spend almost all their time in loops, efficient loops are the key to good performance. Conditionals, function calls, little instruction level parallelism, and large numbers of temporary values make it difficult for the compiler to generate tightly packed, highly efficient code. Conditionals and function calls introduce jumps that disrupt code flow. Users should eliminate or isolate conditionls to their own loops as much as possible. Often logical expressions can be substituted for if-then-else statements. For example, code 2 includes the following snippet MaxDelta = 0.0 do J = 1, N do I = 1, M < code omitted > Delta = abs(OldValue ? NewValue) if (Delta > MaxDelta) MaxDelta = Delta enddo enddo if (MaxDelta .gt. 0.001) goto 200 Since the only use of MaxDelta is to control the jump to 200 and all that matters is whether or not it is greater than 0.001, I made MaxDelta a boolean and rewrote the snippet as MaxDelta = .false. do J = 1, N do I = 1, M < code omitted > Delta = abs(OldValue ? NewValue) MaxDelta = MaxDelta .or. (Delta .gt. 0.001) enddo enddo if (MaxDelta) goto 200 thereby, eliminating the conditional expression from the inner loop. A microprocessor can execute many instructions per instruction cycle. Typically, it can execute one or more memory, floating point, integer, and jump operations. To be executed simultaneously, the operations must be independent. Thick loops tend to have more instruction level parallelism than thin loops. Moreover, they reduce memory traffice by maximizing data reuse. Loop unrolling and loop fusion are two techniques to increase the size of loop bodies. Several of the codes studied benefitted from loop unrolling, but none benefitted from loop fusion. This observation is not too surpising since it is the general tendency of programmers to write thick loops. As loops become thicker, the number of temporary values grows, increasing register pressure. If registers spill, then memory traffic increases and code flow is disrupted. A thick loop with many temporary values may execute slower than an equivalent series of thin loops. The biggest gain will be achieved if the thick loop can be split into a series of independent loops eliminating the need to write and read temporary arrays. I found such an occasion in code 10 where I split the loop do i = 1, n do j = 1, m A24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U25(j,i) B24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U24(j,i) A25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * C24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V24(j,i) B25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * U25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V25(j,i) C24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T26(j,i) + S27(j,i) * U26(j,i) D24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T27(j,i) + S27(j,i) * V26(j,i) C25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * S28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * U28(j,i) D25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * T28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * V28(j,i) end do end do into two disjoint loops do i = 1, n do j = 1, m A24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U25(j,i) B24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U24(j,i) A25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * C24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V24(j,i) B25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * U25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V25(j,i) end do end do do i = 1, n do j = 1, m C24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T26(j,i) + S27(j,i) * U26(j,i) D24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T27(j,i) + S27(j,i) * V26(j,i) C25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * S28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * U28(j,i) D25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * T28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * V28(j,i) end do end do Conclusions Over the course of the last year, I have had the opportunity to work with over two dozen academic scientific programmers at leading research universities. Their research interests span a broad range of scientific fields. Except for two programs that relied almost exclusively on library routines (matrix multiply and fast Fourier transform), I was able to improve significantly the single processor performance of all codes. Improvements range from 2x to 15.5x with a simple average of 4.75x. Changes to the source code were at a very high level. I did not use sophisticated techniques or programming tools to discover inefficiencies or effect the changes. Only one code was parallel despite the availability of parallel systems to all developers. Clearly, we have a problem—personal scientific research codes are highly inefficient and not running parallel. The developers are unaware of simple optimization techniques to make programs run faster. They lack education in the art of code optimization and parallel programming. I do not believe we can fix the problem by publishing additional books or training manuals. To date, the developers in questions have not studied the books or manual available, and are unlikely to do so in the future. Short courses are a possible solution, but I believe they are too concentrated to be much use. The general concepts can be taught in a three or four day course, but that is not enough time for students to practice what they learn and acquire the experience to apply and extend the concepts to their codes. Practice is the key to becoming proficient at optimization. I recommend that graduate students be required to take a semester length course in optimization and parallel programming. We would never give someone access to state-of-the-art scientific equipment costing hundreds of thousands of dollars without first requiring them to demonstrate that they know how to use the equipment. Yet the criterion for time on state-of-the-art supercomputers is at most an interesting project. Requestors are never asked to demonstrate that they know how to use the system, or can use the system effectively. A semester course would teach them the required skills. Government agencies that fund academic scientific research pay for most of the computer systems supporting scientific research as well as the development of most personal scientific codes. These agencies should require graduate schools to offer a course in optimization and parallel programming as a requirement for funding. About the Author John Feo received his Ph.D. in Computer Science from The University of Texas at Austin in 1986. After graduate school, Dr. Feo worked at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory where he was the Group Leader of the Computer Research Group and principal investigator of the Sisal Language Project. In 1997, Dr. Feo joined Tera Computer Company where he was project manager for the MTA, and oversaw the programming and evaluation of the MTA at the San Diego Supercomputer Center. In 2000, Dr. Feo joined Sun Microsystems as an HPC application specialist. He works with university research groups to optimize and parallelize scientific codes. Dr. Feo has published over two dozen research articles in the areas of parallel parallel programming, parallel programming languages, and application performance.

  Read the article

• 256 Windows Azure Worker Roles, Windows Kinect and a 90's Text-Based Ray-Tracer

  - by Alan Smith

  For a couple of years I have been demoing a simple render farm hosted in Windows Azure using worker roles and the Azure Storage service. At the start of the presentation I deploy an Azure application that uses 16 worker roles to render a 1,500 frame 3D ray-traced animation. At the end of the presentation, when the animation was complete, I would play the animation delete the Azure deployment. The standing joke with the audience was that it was that it was a “$2 demo”, as the compute charges for running the 16 instances for an hour was $1.92, factor in the bandwidth charges and it’s a couple of dollars. The point of the demo is that it highlights one of the great benefits of cloud computing, you pay for what you use, and if you need massive compute power for a short period of time using Windows Azure can work out very cost effective. The “$2 demo” was great for presenting at user groups and conferences in that it could be deployed to Azure, used to render an animation, and then removed in a one hour session. I have always had the idea of doing something a bit more impressive with the demo, and scaling it from a “$2 demo” to a “$30 demo”. The challenge was to create a visually appealing animation in high definition format and keep the demo time down to one hour.  This article will take a run through how I achieved this. Ray Tracing Ray tracing, a technique for generating high quality photorealistic images, gained popularity in the 90’s with companies like Pixar creating feature length computer animations, and also the emergence of shareware text-based ray tracers that could run on a home PC. In order to render a ray traced image, the ray of light that would pass from the view point must be tracked until it intersects with an object. At the intersection, the color, reflectiveness, transparency, and refractive index of the object are used to calculate if the ray will be reflected or refracted. Each pixel may require thousands of calculations to determine what color it will be in the rendered image. Pin-Board Toys Having very little artistic talent and a basic understanding of maths I decided to focus on an animation that could be modeled fairly easily and would look visually impressive. I’ve always liked the pin-board desktop toys that become popular in the 80’s and when I was working as a 3D animator back in the 90’s I always had the idea of creating a 3D ray-traced animation of a pin-board, but never found the energy to do it. Even if I had a go at it, the render time to produce an animation that would look respectable on a 486 would have been measured in months. PolyRay Back in 1995 I landed my first real job, after spending three years being a beach-ski-climbing-paragliding-bum, and was employed to create 3D ray-traced animations for a CD-ROM that school kids would use to learn physics. I had got into the strange and wonderful world of text-based ray tracing, and was using a shareware ray-tracer called PolyRay. PolyRay takes a text file describing a scene as input and, after a few hours processing on a 486, produced a high quality ray-traced image. The following is an example of a basic PolyRay scene file. background Midnight_Blue   static define matte surface { ambient 0.1 diffuse 0.7 } define matte_white texture { matte { color white } } define matte_black texture { matte { color dark_slate_gray } } define position_cylindrical 3 define lookup_sawtooth 1 define light_wood <0.6, 0.24, 0.1> define median_wood <0.3, 0.12, 0.03> define dark_wood <0.05, 0.01, 0.005>     define wooden texture { noise surface { ambient 0.2  diffuse 0.7  specular white, 0.5 microfacet Reitz 10 position_fn position_cylindrical position_scale 1  lookup_fn lookup_sawtooth octaves 1 turbulence 1 color_map( [0.0, 0.2, light_wood, light_wood] [0.2, 0.3, light_wood, median_wood] [0.3, 0.4, median_wood, light_wood] [0.4, 0.7, light_wood, light_wood] [0.7, 0.8, light_wood, median_wood] [0.8, 0.9, median_wood, light_wood] [0.9, 1.0, light_wood, dark_wood]) } } define glass texture { surface { ambient 0 diffuse 0 specular 0.2 reflection white, 0.1 transmission white, 1, 1.5 }} define shiny surface { ambient 0.1 diffuse 0.6 specular white, 0.6 microfacet Phong 7  } define steely_blue texture { shiny { color black } } define chrome texture { surface { color white ambient 0.0 diffuse 0.2 specular 0.4 microfacet Phong 10 reflection 0.8 } }   viewpoint {     from <4.000, -1.000, 1.000> at <0.000, 0.000, 0.000> up <0, 1, 0> angle 60     resolution 640, 480 aspect 1.6 image_format 0 }       light <-10, 30, 20> light <-10, 30, -20>   object { disc <0, -2, 0>, <0, 1, 0>, 30 wooden }   object { sphere <0.000, 0.000, 0.000>, 1.00 chrome } object { cylinder <0.000, 0.000, 0.000>, <0.000, 0.000, -4.000>, 0.50 chrome }   After setting up the background and defining colors and textures, the viewpoint is specified. The “camera” is located at a point in 3D space, and it looks towards another point. The angle, image resolution, and aspect ratio are specified. Two lights are present in the image at defined coordinates. The three objects in the image are a wooden disc to represent a table top, and a sphere and cylinder that intersect to form a pin that will be used for the pin board toy in the final animation. When the image is rendered, the following image is produced. The pins are modeled with a chrome surface, so they reflect the environment around them. Note that the scale of the pin shaft is not correct, this will be fixed later. Modeling the Pin Board The frame of the pin-board is made up of three boxes, and six cylinders, the front box is modeled using a clear, slightly reflective solid, with the same refractive index of glass. The other shapes are modeled as metal. object { box <-5.5, -1.5, 1>, <5.5, 5.5, 1.2> glass } object { box <-5.5, -1.5, -0.04>, <5.5, 5.5, -0.09> steely_blue } object { box <-5.5, -1.5, -0.52>, <5.5, 5.5, -0.59> steely_blue } object { cylinder <-5.2, -1.2, 1.4>, <-5.2, -1.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <5.2, -1.2, 1.4>, <5.2, -1.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <-5.2, 5.2, 1.4>, <-5.2, 5.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <5.2, 5.2, 1.4>, <5.2, 5.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <0, -1.2, 1.4>, <0, -1.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <0, 5.2, 1.4>, <0, 5.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue }   In order to create the matrix of pins that make up the pin board I used a basic console application with a few nested loops to create two intersecting matrixes of pins, which models the layout used in the pin boards. The resulting image is shown below. The pin board contains 11,481 pins, with the scene file containing 23,709 lines of code. For the complete animation 2,000 scene files will be created, which is over 47 million lines of code. Each pin in the pin-board will slide out a specific distance when an object is pressed into the back of the board. This is easily modeled by setting the Z coordinate of the pin to a specific value. In order to set all of the pins in the pin-board to the correct position, a bitmap image can be used. The position of the pin can be set based on the color of the pixel at the appropriate position in the image. When the Windows Azure logo is used to set the Z coordinate of the pins, the following image is generated. The challenge now was to make a cool animation. The Azure Logo is fine, but it is static. Using a normal video to animate the pins would not work; the colors in the video would not be the same as the depth of the objects from the camera. In order to simulate the pin board accurately a series of frames from a depth camera could be used. Windows Kinect The Kenect controllers for the X-Box 360 and Windows feature a depth camera. The Kinect SDK for Windows provides a programming interface for Kenect, providing easy access for .NET developers to the Kinect sensors. The Kinect Explorer provided with the Kinect SDK is a great starting point for exploring Kinect from a developers perspective. Both the X-Box 360 Kinect and the Windows Kinect will work with the Kinect SDK, the Windows Kinect is required for commercial applications, but the X-Box Kinect can be used for hobby projects. The Windows Kinect has the advantage of providing a mode to allow depth capture with objects closer to the camera, which makes for a more accurate depth image for setting the pin positions. Creating a Depth Field Animation The depth field animation used to set the positions of the pin in the pin board was created using a modified version of the Kinect Explorer sample application. In order to simulate the pin board accurately, a small section of the depth range from the depth sensor will be used. Any part of the object in front of the depth range will result in a white pixel; anything behind the depth range will be black. Within the depth range the pixels in the image will be set to RGB values from 0,0,0 to 255,255,255. A screen shot of the modified Kinect Explorer application is shown below. The Kinect Explorer sample application was modified to include slider controls that are used to set the depth range that forms the image from the depth stream. This allows the fine tuning of the depth image that is required for simulating the position of the pins in the pin board. The Kinect Explorer was also modified to record a series of images from the depth camera and save them as a sequence JPEG files that will be used to animate the pins in the animation the Start and Stop buttons are used to start and stop the image recording. En example of one of the depth images is shown below. Once a series of 2,000 depth images has been captured, the task of creating the animation can begin. Rendering a Test Frame In order to test the creation of frames and get an approximation of the time required to render each frame a test frame was rendered on-premise using PolyRay. The output of the rendering process is shown below. The test frame contained 23,629 primitive shapes, most of which are the spheres and cylinders that are used for the 11,800 or so pins in the pin board. The 1280x720 image contains 921,600 pixels, but as anti-aliasing was used the number of rays that were calculated was 4,235,777, with 3,478,754,073 object boundaries checked. The test frame of the pin board with the depth field image applied is shown below. The tracing time for the test frame was 4 minutes 27 seconds, which means rendering the2,000 frames in the animation would take over 148 hours, or a little over 6 days. Although this is much faster that an old 486, waiting almost a week to see the results of an animation would make it challenging for animators to create, view, and refine their animations. It would be much better if the animation could be rendered in less than one hour. Windows Azure Worker Roles The cost of creating an on-premise render farm to render animations increases in proportion to the number of servers. The table below shows the cost of servers for creating a render farm, assuming a cost of $500 per server. Number of Servers Cost 1 $500 16 $8,000 256 $128,000   As well as the cost of the servers, there would be additional costs for networking, racks etc. Hosting an environment of 256 servers on-premise would require a server room with cooling, and some pretty hefty power cabling. The Windows Azure compute services provide worker roles, which are ideal for performing processor intensive compute tasks. With the scalability available in Windows Azure a job that takes 256 hours to complete could be perfumed using different numbers of worker roles. The time and cost of using 1, 16 or 256 worker roles is shown below. Number of Worker Roles Render Time Cost 1 256 hours $30.72 16 16 hours $30.72 256 1 hour $30.72   Using worker roles in Windows Azure provides the same cost for the 256 hour job, irrespective of the number of worker roles used. Provided the compute task can be broken down into many small units, and the worker role compute power can be used effectively, it makes sense to scale the application so that the task is completed quickly, making the results available in a timely fashion. The task of rendering 2,000 frames in an animation is one that can easily be broken down into 2,000 individual pieces, which can be performed by a number of worker roles. Creating a Render Farm in Windows Azure The architecture of the render farm is shown in the following diagram. The render farm is a hybrid application with the following components: ·         On-Premise o   Windows Kinect – Used combined with the Kinect Explorer to create a stream of depth images. o   Animation Creator – This application uses the depth images from the Kinect sensor to create scene description files for PolyRay. These files are then uploaded to the jobs blob container, and job messages added to the jobs queue. o   Process Monitor – This application queries the role instance lifecycle table and displays statistics about the render farm environment and render process. o   Image Downloader – This application polls the image queue and downloads the rendered animation files once they are complete. ·         Windows Azure o   Azure Storage – Queues and blobs are used for the scene description files and completed frames. A table is used to store the statistics about the rendering environment.   The architecture of each worker role is shown below.   The worker role is configured to use local storage, which provides file storage on the worker role instance that can be use by the applications to render the image and transform the format of the image. The service definition for the worker role with the local storage configuration highlighted is shown below. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceDefinition name="CloudRay" >   <WorkerRole name="CloudRayWorkerRole" vmsize="Small">     <Imports>     </Imports>     <ConfigurationSettings>       <Setting name="DataConnectionString" />     </ConfigurationSettings>     <LocalResources>       <LocalStorage name="RayFolder" cleanOnRoleRecycle="true" />     </LocalResources>   </WorkerRole> </ServiceDefinition>     The two executable programs, PolyRay.exe and DTA.exe are included in the Azure project, with Copy Always set as the property. PolyRay will take the scene description file and render it to a Truevision TGA file. As the TGA format has not seen much use since the mid 90’s it is converted to a JPG image using Dave's Targa Animator, another shareware application from the 90’s. Each worker roll will use the following process to render the animation frames. 1.       The worker process polls the job queue, if a job is available the scene description file is downloaded from blob storage to local storage. 2.       PolyRay.exe is started in a process with the appropriate command line arguments to render the image as a TGA file. 3.       DTA.exe is started in a process with the appropriate command line arguments convert the TGA file to a JPG file. 4.       The JPG file is uploaded from local storage to the images blob container. 5.       A message is placed on the images queue to indicate a new image is available for download. 6.       The job message is deleted from the job queue. 7.       The role instance lifecycle table is updated with statistics on the number of frames rendered by the worker role instance, and the CPU time used. The code for this is shown below. public override void Run() {     // Set environment variables     string polyRayPath = Path.Combine(Environment.GetEnvironmentVariable("RoleRoot"), PolyRayLocation);     string dtaPath = Path.Combine(Environment.GetEnvironmentVariable("RoleRoot"), DTALocation);       LocalResource rayStorage = RoleEnvironment.GetLocalResource("RayFolder");     string localStorageRootPath = rayStorage.RootPath;       JobQueue jobQueue = new JobQueue("renderjobs");     JobQueue downloadQueue = new JobQueue("renderimagedownloadjobs");     CloudRayBlob sceneBlob = new CloudRayBlob("scenes");     CloudRayBlob imageBlob = new CloudRayBlob("images");     RoleLifecycleDataSource roleLifecycleDataSource = new RoleLifecycleDataSource();       Frames = 0;       while (true)     {         // Get the render job from the queue         CloudQueueMessage jobMsg = jobQueue.Get();           if (jobMsg != null)         {             // Get the file details             string sceneFile = jobMsg.AsString;             string tgaFile = sceneFile.Replace(".pi", ".tga");             string jpgFile = sceneFile.Replace(".pi", ".jpg");               string sceneFilePath = Path.Combine(localStorageRootPath, sceneFile);             string tgaFilePath = Path.Combine(localStorageRootPath, tgaFile);             string jpgFilePath = Path.Combine(localStorageRootPath, jpgFile);               // Copy the scene file to local storage             sceneBlob.DownloadFile(sceneFilePath);               // Run the ray tracer.             string polyrayArguments =                 string.Format("\"{0}\" -o \"{1}\" -a 2", sceneFilePath, tgaFilePath);             Process polyRayProcess = new Process();             polyRayProcess.StartInfo.FileName =                 Path.Combine(Environment.GetEnvironmentVariable("RoleRoot"), polyRayPath);             polyRayProcess.StartInfo.Arguments = polyrayArguments;             polyRayProcess.Start();             polyRayProcess.WaitForExit();               // Convert the image             string dtaArguments =                 string.Format(" {0} /FJ /P{1}", tgaFilePath, Path.GetDirectoryName (jpgFilePath));             Process dtaProcess = new Process();             dtaProcess.StartInfo.FileName =                 Path.Combine(Environment.GetEnvironmentVariable("RoleRoot"), dtaPath);             dtaProcess.StartInfo.Arguments = dtaArguments;             dtaProcess.Start();             dtaProcess.WaitForExit();               // Upload the image to blob storage             imageBlob.UploadFile(jpgFilePath);               // Add a download job.             downloadQueue.Add(jpgFile);               // Delete the render job message             jobQueue.Delete(jobMsg);               Frames++;         }         else         {             Thread.Sleep(1000);         }           // Log the worker role activity.         roleLifecycleDataSource.Alive             ("CloudRayWorker", RoleLifecycleDataSource.RoleLifecycleId, Frames);     } }     Monitoring Worker Role Instance Lifecycle In order to get more accurate statistics about the lifecycle of the worker role instances used to render the animation data was tracked in an Azure storage table. The following class was used to track the worker role lifecycles in Azure storage.   public class RoleLifecycle : TableServiceEntity {     public string ServerName { get; set; }     public string Status { get; set; }     public DateTime StartTime { get; set; }     public DateTime EndTime { get; set; }     public long SecondsRunning { get; set; }     public DateTime LastActiveTime { get; set; }     public int Frames { get; set; }     public string Comment { get; set; }       public RoleLifecycle()     {     }       public RoleLifecycle(string roleName)     {         PartitionKey = roleName;         RowKey = Utils.GetAscendingRowKey();         Status = "Started";         StartTime = DateTime.UtcNow;         LastActiveTime = StartTime;         EndTime = StartTime;         SecondsRunning = 0;         Frames = 0;     } }     A new instance of this class is created and added to the storage table when the role starts. It is then updated each time the worker renders a frame to record the total number of frames rendered and the total processing time. These statistics are used be the monitoring application to determine the effectiveness of use of resources in the render farm. Rendering the Animation The Azure solution was deployed to Windows Azure with the service configuration set to 16 worker role instances. This allows for the application to be tested in the cloud environment, and the performance of the application determined. When I demo the application at conferences and user groups I often start with 16 instances, and then scale up the application to the full 256 instances. The configuration to run 16 instances is shown below. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="CloudRay" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="1" osVersion="*">   <Role name="CloudRayWorkerRole">     <Instances count="16" />     <ConfigurationSettings>       <Setting name="DataConnectionString"         value="DefaultEndpointsProtocol=https;AccountName=cloudraydata;AccountKey=..." />     </ConfigurationSettings>   </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>     About six minutes after deploying the application the first worker roles become active and start to render the first frames of the animation. The CloudRay Monitor application displays an icon for each worker role instance, with a number indicating the number of frames that the worker role has rendered. The statistics on the left show the number of active worker roles and statistics about the render process. The render time is the time since the first worker role became active; the CPU time is the total amount of processing time used by all worker role instances to render the frames.   Five minutes after the first worker role became active the last of the 16 worker roles activated. By this time the first seven worker roles had each rendered one frame of the animation.   With 16 worker roles u and running it can be seen that one hour and 45 minutes CPU time has been used to render 32 frames with a render time of just under 10 minutes.     At this rate it would take over 10 hours to render the 2,000 frames of the full animation. In order to complete the animation in under an hour more processing power will be required. Scaling the render farm from 16 instances to 256 instances is easy using the new management portal. The slider is set to 256 instances, and the configuration saved. We do not need to re-deploy the application, and the 16 instances that are up and running will not be affected. Alternatively, the configuration file for the Azure service could be modified to specify 256 instances.   <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="CloudRay" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="1" osVersion="*">   <Role name="CloudRayWorkerRole">     <Instances count="256" />     <ConfigurationSettings>       <Setting name="DataConnectionString"         value="DefaultEndpointsProtocol=https;AccountName=cloudraydata;AccountKey=..." />     </ConfigurationSettings>   </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>     Six minutes after the new configuration has been applied 75 new worker roles have activated and are processing their first frames.   Five minutes later the full configuration of 256 worker roles is up and running. We can see that the average rate of frame rendering has increased from 3 to 12 frames per minute, and that over 17 hours of CPU time has been utilized in 23 minutes. In this test the time to provision 140 worker roles was about 11 minutes, which works out at about one every five seconds.   We are now half way through the rendering, with 1,000 frames complete. This has utilized just under three days of CPU time in a little over 35 minutes.   The animation is now complete, with 2,000 frames rendered in a little over 52 minutes. The CPU time used by the 256 worker roles is 6 days, 7 hours and 22 minutes with an average frame rate of 38 frames per minute. The rendering of the last 1,000 frames took 16 minutes 27 seconds, which works out at a rendering rate of 60 frames per minute. The frame counts in the server instances indicate that the use of a queue to distribute the workload has been very effective in distributing the load across the 256 worker role instances. The first 16 instances that were deployed first have rendered between 11 and 13 frames each, whilst the 240 instances that were added when the application was scaled have rendered between 6 and 9 frames each.   Completed Animation I’ve uploaded the completed animation to YouTube, a low resolution preview is shown below. Pin Board Animation Created using Windows Kinect and 256 Windows Azure Worker Roles   The animation can be viewed in 1280x720 resolution at the following link: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n5jy6bvSxWc Effective Use of Resources According to the CloudRay monitor statistics the animation took 6 days, 7 hours and 22 minutes CPU to render, this works out at 152 hours of compute time, rounded up to the nearest hour. As the usage for the worker role instances are billed for the full hour, it may have been possible to render the animation using fewer than 256 worker roles. When deciding the optimal usage of resources, the time required to provision and start the worker roles must also be considered. In the demo I started with 16 worker roles, and then scaled the application to 256 worker roles. It would have been more optimal to start the application with maybe 200 worker roles, and utilized the full hour that I was being billed for. This would, however, have prevented showing the ease of scalability of the application. The new management portal displays the CPU usage across the worker roles in the deployment. The average CPU usage across all instances is 93.27%, with over 99% used when all the instances are up and running. This shows that the worker role resources are being used very effectively. Grid Computing Scenarios Although I am using this scenario for a hobby project, there are many scenarios where a large amount of compute power is required for a short period of time. Windows Azure provides a great platform for developing these types of grid computing applications, and can work out very cost effective. ·         Windows Azure can provide massive compute power, on demand, in a matter of minutes. ·         The use of queues to manage the load balancing of jobs between role instances is a simple and effective solution. ·         Using a cloud-computing platform like Windows Azure allows proof-of-concept scenarios to be tested and evaluated on a very low budget. ·         No charges for inbound data transfer makes the uploading of large data sets to Windows Azure Storage services cost effective. (Transaction charges still apply.) Tips for using Windows Azure for Grid Computing Scenarios I found the implementation of a render farm using Windows Azure a fairly simple scenario to implement. I was impressed by ease of scalability that Azure provides, and by the short time that the application took to scale from 16 to 256 worker role instances. In this case it was around 13 minutes, in other tests it took between 10 and 20 minutes. The following tips may be useful when implementing a grid computing project in Windows Azure. ·         Using an Azure Storage queue to load-balance the units of work across multiple worker roles is simple and very effective. The design I have used in this scenario could easily scale to many thousands of worker role instances. ·         Windows Azure accounts are typically limited to 20 cores. If you need to use more than this, a call to support and a credit card check will be required. ·         Be aware of how the billing model works. You will be charged for worker role instances for the full clock our in which the instance is deployed. Schedule the workload to start just after the clock hour has started. ·         Monitor the utilization of the resources you are provisioning, ensure that you are not paying for worker roles that are idle. ·         If you are deploying third party applications to worker roles, you may well run into licensing issues. Purchasing software licenses on a per-processor basis when using hundreds of processors for a short time period would not be cost effective. ·         Third party software may also require installation onto the worker roles, which can be accomplished using start-up tasks. Bear in mind that adding a startup task and possible re-boot will add to the time required for the worker role instance to start and activate. An alternative may be to use a prepared VM and use VM roles. ·         Consider using the Windows Azure Autoscaling Application Block (WASABi) to autoscale the worker roles in your application. When using a large number of worker roles, the utilization must be carefully monitored, if the scaling algorithms are not optimal it could get very expensive!

  Read the article

• Part 2&ndash;Load Testing In The Cloud

  - by Tarun Arora

  Welcome to Part 2, In Part 1 we discussed the advantages of creating a Test Rig in the cloud, the Azure edge and the Test Rig Topology we want to get to. In Part 2, Let’s start by understanding the components of Azure we’ll be making use of followed by manually putting them together to create the test rig, so… let’s get down dirty start setting up the Test Rig.  What Components of Azure will I be using for building the Test Rig in the Cloud? To run the Test Agents we’ll make use of Windows Azure Compute and to enable communication between Test Controller and Test Agents we’ll make use of Windows Azure Connect.  Azure Connect The Test Controller is on premise and the Test Agents are in the cloud (How will they talk?). To enable communication between the two, we’ll make use of Windows Azure Connect. With Windows Azure Connect, you can use a simple user interface to configure IPsec protected connections between computers or virtual machines (VMs) in your organization’s network, and roles running in Windows Azure. With this you can now join Windows Azure role instances to your domain, so that you can use your existing methods for domain authentication, name resolution, or other domain-wide maintenance actions. For more details refer to an overview of Windows Azure connect. A very useful video explaining everything you wanted to know about Windows Azure connect.  Azure Compute Windows Azure compute provides developers a platform to host and manage applications in Microsoft’s data centres across the globe. A Windows Azure application is built from one or more components called ‘roles.’ Roles come in three different types: Web role, Worker role, and Virtual Machine (VM) role, we’ll be using the Worker role to set up the Test Agents. A very nice blog post discussing the difference between the 3 role types. Developers are free to use the .NET framework or other software that runs on Windows with the Worker role or Web role. Developers can also create applications using languages such as PHP and Java. More on Windows Azure Compute. Each Windows Azure compute instance represents a virtual server... Virtual Machine Size CPU Cores Memory Cost Per Hour Extra Small Shared 768 MB $0.04 Small 1 1.75 GB $0.12 Medium 2 3.50 GB $0.24 Large 4 7.00 GB $0.48 Extra Large 8 14.00 GB $0.96   You might want to review the Windows Azure Pricing FAQ. Let’s Get Started building the Test Rig… Configuration Machine Role Comments VM – 1 Domain Controller for Playpit.com On Premise VM – 2 TFS, Test Controller On Premise VM – 3 Test Agent Cloud   In this blog post I would assume that you have the domain, Team Foundation Server and Test Controller Installed and set up already. If not, please refer to the TFS 2010 Installation Guide and this walkthrough on MSDN to set up your Test Controller. You can also download a preconfigured TFS 2010 VM from Brian Keller's blog, Brian also has some great hands on Labs on TFS 2010 that you may want to explore. I. Lets start building VM – 3: The Test Agent Download the Windows Azure SDK and Tools Open Visual Studio and create a new Windows Azure Project using the Cloud Template                   Choose the Worker Role for reasons explained in the earlier post         The WorkerRole.cs implements the Run() and OnStart() methods, no code changes required. You should be able to compile the project and run it in the compute emulator (The compute emulator should have been installed as part of the Windows Azure Toolkit) on your local machine.                   We will only be making changes to WindowsAzureProject, open ServiceDefinition.csdef. Ensure that the vmsize is small (remember the cost chart above). Import the “Connect” module. I am importing the Connect module because I need to join the Worker role VM to the Playpit domain. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceDefinition name="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceDefinition"> <WorkerRole name="WorkerRole1" vmsize="Small"> <Imports> <Import moduleName="Diagnostics" /> <Import moduleName="Connect"/> </Imports> </WorkerRole> </ServiceDefinition> Go to the ServiceConfiguration.Cloud.cscfg and note that settings with key ‘Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.%%%%’ have been added to the configuration file. This is because you decided to import the connect module. See the config below. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="1" osVersion="*"> <Role name="WorkerRole1"> <Instances count="1" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Diagnostics.ConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.ActivationToken" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Refresh" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.WaitForConnectivity" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Upgrade" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.EnableDomainJoin" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainFQDN" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainControllerFQDN" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainAccountName" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainPassword" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainOU" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Administrators" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainSiteName" value="" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>             Let’s go step by step and understand all the highlighted parameters and where you can find the values for them.       osFamily – By default this is set to 1 (Windows Server 2008 SP2). Change this to 2 if you want the Windows Server 2008 R2 operating system. The Advantage of using osFamily = “2” is that you get Powershell 2.0 rather than Powershell 1.0. In Powershell 2.0 you could simply use “powershell -ExecutionPolicy Unrestricted ./myscript.ps1” and it will work while in Powershell 1.0 you will have to change the registry key by including the following in your command file “reg add HKLM\Software\Microsoft\PowerShell\1\ShellIds\Microsoft.PowerShell /v ExecutionPolicy /d Unrestricted /f” before you can execute any power shell. The other reason you might want to move to os2 is if you wanted IIS 7.5.       Activation Token – To enable communication between the on premise machine and the Windows Azure Worker role VM both need to have the same token. Log on to Windows Azure Management Portal, click on Connect, click on Get Activation Token, this should give you the activation token, copy the activation token to the clipboard and paste it in the configuration file. Note – Later in the blog I’ll be showing you how to install connect on the on premise machine.                       EnableDomainJoin – Set the value to true, ofcourse we want to join the on windows azure worker role VM to the domain.       DomainFQDN, DomainControllerFQDN, DomainAccountName, DomainPassword, DomainOU, Administrators – This information is specific to your domain. I have extracted this information from the ‘service manager’ and ‘Active Directory Users and Computers’. Also, i created a new Domain-OU namely ‘CloudInstances’ so all my cloud instances joined to my domain show up here, this is optional. You can encrypt the DomainPassword – refer to the instructions here. Or hold fire, I’ll be covering that when i come to certificates and encryption in the coming section.       Now once you have filled all this information up, the configuration file should look something like below, <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="2" osVersion="*"> <Role name="WorkerRole1"> <Instances count="1" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Diagnostics.ConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.ActivationToken" value="45f55fea-f194-4fbc-b36e-25604faac784" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Refresh" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.WaitForConnectivity" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Upgrade" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.EnableDomainJoin" value="true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainFQDN" value="play.pit.com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainControllerFQDN" value="WIN-KUDQMQFGQOL.play.pit.com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainAccountName" value="playpit\Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainPassword" value="************************" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainOU" value="OU=CloudInstances, DC=Play, DC=Pit, DC=com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Administrators" value="Playpit\Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainSiteName" value="" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> </ServiceConfiguration> Next we will be enabling the Remote Desktop module in to the ServiceDefinition.csdef, we could make changes manually or allow a beautiful wizard to help us make changes. I prefer the second option. So right click on the Windows Azure project and choose Publish       Now once you get the publish wizard, if you haven’t already you would be asked to import your Windows Azure subscription, this is simply the Msdn subscription activation key xml. Once you have done click Next to go to the Settings page and check ‘Enable Remote Desktop for all roles’.       As soon as you do that you get another pop up asking you the details for the user that you would be logging in with (make sure you enter a reasonable expiry date, you do not want the user account to expire today). Notice the more information tag at the bottom, click that to get access to the certificate section. See screen shot below.       From the drop down select the option to create a new certificate        In the pop up window enter the friendly name for your certificate. In my case I entered ‘WAC – Test Rig’ and click ok. This will create a new certificate for you. Click on the view button to see the certificate details. Do you see the Thumbprint, this is the value that will go in the config file (very important). Now click on the Copy to File button to copy the certificate, we will need to import the certificate to the windows Azure Management portal later. So, make sure you save it a safe location.                                Click Finish and enter details of the user you would like to create with permissions for remote desktop access, once you have entered the details on the ‘Remote desktop configuration’ screen click on Ok. From the Publish Windows Azure Wizard screen press Cancel. Cancel because we don’t want to publish the role just yet and Yes because we want to save all the changes in the config file.       Now if you go to the ServiceDefinition.csdef file you will see that the RemoteAccess and RemoteForwarder roles have been imported for you. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceDefinition name="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceDefinition"> <WorkerRole name="WorkerRole1" vmsize="Small"> <Imports> <Import moduleName="Diagnostics" /> <Import moduleName="Connect" /> <Import moduleName="RemoteAccess" /> <Import moduleName="RemoteForwarder" /> </Imports> </WorkerRole> </ServiceDefinition> Now go to the ServiceConfiguration.Cloud.cscfg file and you see a whole bunch for setting “Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.%%%” values added for you. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="2" osVersion="*"> <Role name="WorkerRole1"> <Instances count="1" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Diagnostics.ConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.ActivationToken" value="45f55fea-f194-4fbc-b36e-25604faac784" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Refresh" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.WaitForConnectivity" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Upgrade" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.EnableDomainJoin" value="true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainFQDN" value="play.pit.com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainControllerFQDN" value="WIN-KUDQMQFGQOL.play.pit.com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainAccountName" value="playpit\Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainPassword" value="************************" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainOU" value="OU=CloudInstances, DC=Play, DC=Pit, DC=com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Administrators" value="Playpit\Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainSiteName" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.Enabled" value="true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.AccountUsername" value="Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.AccountEncryptedPassword" value="MIIBnQYJKoZIhvcNAQcDoIIBjjCCAYoCAQAxggFOMIIBSgIBADAyMB4xHDAaBgNVBAMME1dpbmRvd 3MgQXp1cmUgVG9vbHMCEGa+B46voeO5T305N7TSG9QwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEBBQAEggEABg4ol5Xol66Ip6QKLbAPWdmD4ae ADZ7aKj6fg4D+ATr0DXBllZHG5Umwf+84Sj2nsPeCyrg3ZDQuxrfhSbdnJwuChKV6ukXdGjX0hlowJu/4dfH4jTJC7sBWS AKaEFU7CxvqYEAL1Hf9VPL5fW6HZVmq1z+qmm4ecGKSTOJ20Fptb463wcXgR8CWGa+1w9xqJ7UmmfGeGeCHQ4QGW0IDSBU6ccg vzF2ug8/FY60K1vrWaCYOhKkxD3YBs8U9X/kOB0yQm2Git0d5tFlIPCBT2AC57bgsAYncXfHvPesI0qs7VZyghk8LVa9g5IqaM Cp6cQ7rmY/dLsKBMkDcdBHuCTAzBgkqhkiG9w0BBwEwFAYIKoZIhvcNAwcECDRVifSXbA43gBApNrp40L1VTVZ1iGag+3O1" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.AccountExpiration" value="2012-11-27T23:59:59.0000000+00:00" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteForwarder.Enabled" value="true" /> </ConfigurationSettings> <Certificates> <Certificate name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.PasswordEncryption" thumbprint="AA23016CF0BDFC344400B5B82706B608B92E4217" thumbprintAlgorithm="sha1" /> </Certificates> </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>          Okay let’s look at them one at a time,       Enabled - Yes, we would like to enable Remote Access.       AccountUserName – This is the user name you entered while you were on the publish windows azure role screen, as detailed above.       AccountEncrytedPassword – Try and decode that, the certificate is used to encrypt the password you specified for the user account. Remember earlier i said, either use the instructions or wait and i’ll be showing you encryption, now the user account i am using for rdp has the same password as my domain password, so i can simply copy the value of the AccountEncryptedPassword to the DomainPassword as well.       AccountExpiration – This is the expiration as you specified in the wizard earlier, make sure your account does not expire today.       Remote Forwarder – Check out the documentation, below is how I understand it, -- One role in an application that implements a remote desktop connection must import the RemoteForwarder module. The two modules work together to enable the remote desktop connections to role instances. -- If you have multiple roles defined in the service model, it does not matter which role you add the RemoteForwarder module to, but you must add it to only one of the role definitions.       Certificate – Remember the certificate thumbprint from the wizard, the on premise machine and windows azure role machine that need to speak to each other must have the same thumbprint. More on that when we install Windows Azure connect Endpoints on the on premise machine. As i said earlier, in this blog post, I’ll be showing you the manual process so i won’t be scripting any star up tasks to install the test agent or register the test agent with the TFS Server. I’ll be showing you all this cool stuff in the next blog post, that’s because it’s important to understand the manual side of it, it becomes easier for you to troubleshoot in case something fails. Having said that, the changes we have made are sufficient to spin up the Windows Azure Worker Role aka Test Agent VM, have it connected with the play.pit.com domain and have remote access enabled on it. Before we deploy the Test Agent VM we need to set up Windows Azure Connect on the TFS Server. II. Windows Azure Connect: Setting up Connect on VM – 2 i.e. TFS & Test Controller Glad you made it so far, now to enable communication between the on premise TFS/Test Controller and Azure-ed Test Agent we need to enable communication. We have set up the Azure connect module in the Test Agent configuration, now the connect end points need to be enabled on the on premise machines, let’s have a look at how we can do this. Log on to VM – 2 running the TFS Server and Test Controller Log on to the Windows Azure Management Portal and click on Virtual Network Click on Virtual Network, if you already have a subscription you should see the below screen shot, if not, you would be asked to complete the subscription first        Click on Install Local Endpoints from the top left on the panel and you get a url appended with a token id in it, remember the token i showed you earlier, in theory the token you get here should match the token you added to the Test Agent config file.        Copy the url to the clip board and paste it in IE explorer (important, the installation at present only works out of IE and you need to have cookies enabled in order to complete the installation). As stated in the pop up, you can NOT download and run the software later, you need to run it as is, since it contains a token. Once the installation completes you should see the Windows Azure connect icon in the system tray.                         Right click the Azure Connect icon, choose Diagnostics and refer to this link for diagnostic detail terminology. NOTE – Unfortunately I could not see the Windows Azure connect icon in the system tray, a bit of binging with Google revealed that the azure connect icon is only shown when the ‘Windows Azure Connect Endpoint’ Service is started. So go to services.msc and make sure that the service is started, if not start it, unfortunately again, the service did not start for me on a manual start and i realised that one of the dependant services was disabled, you can look at the service dependencies and start them and then start windows azure connect. Bottom line, you need to start Windows Azure connect service before you can proceed. Please refer here on MSDN for more on Troubleshooting Windows Azure connect. (Follow the next step as well)   Now go back to the Windows Azure Management Portal and from Groups and Roles create a new group, lets call it ‘Test Rig’. Make sure you add the VM – 2 (the TFS Server VM where you just installed the endpoint).       Now if you go back to the Azure Connect icon in the system tray and click ‘Refresh Policy’ you will notice that the disconnected status of the icon should change to ready for connection. III. Importing Certificate in to Windows Azure Management Portal But before that you need to import the certificate you created in Step I in to the Windows Azure Management Portal. Log on to the Windows Azure Management Portal and click on ‘Hosted Services, Storage Accounts & CDN’ and then ‘Management Certificates’ followed by Add Certificates as shown in the screen shot below        Browse to the location where you saved the certificate earlier, remember… Refer to Step I in case you forgot.        Now you should be able to see the imported certificate here, make sure the thumbprint of the certificate matches the one you inserted in the config files        IV. Publish Windows Azure Worker Role aka Test Agent Having completed I, II and III, you are ready to publish the Test Agent VM – 3 to the cloud. Go to Visual Studio and right click the Windows Azure project and select Publish. Verify the infomration in the wizard, from the advanced settings tab, you can also enabled capture of intellitrace or profiling information.         Click Next and Click Publish! From the view menu bar select the Windows Azure Activity Log window.       Now you should be able to see the deployment progress in real time.             In the Windows Azure Management Portal, you should also be able to see the progress of creation of a new Worker Role.       Once the deployment is complete you should be able to RDP (go to run prompt type mstsc and in the pop up the machine name) in to the Test Agent Worker Role VM from the Playpit network using the domain admin user account. In case you are unable to log in to the Test Agent using the domain admin user account it means the process of joining the Test Agent to the domain has failed! But the good news is, because you imported the connect module, you can connect to the Test Agent machine using Windows Azure Management Portal and troubleshoot the reason for failure, you will be able to log in with the user name and password you specified in the config file for the keys ‘RemoteAccess.AccountUsername, RemoteAccess.EncryptedPassword (just that enter the password unencrypted)’, fix it or manually join the machine to the domain. Once you have managed to Join the Test Agent VM to the Domain move to the next step.      So, log in to the Test Agent Worker Role VM with the Playpit Domain Administrator and verify that you can log in, the machine is connected to the domain and the connect service is successfully running. If yes, give your self a pat on the back, you are 80% mission accomplished!         Go to the Windows Azure Management Portal and click on Virtual Network, click on Groups and Roles and click on Test Rig, click Edit Group, the edit the Test Rig group you created earlier. In the Connect to section, click on Add to select the worker role you have just deployed. Also, check the ‘Allow connections between endpoints in the group’ with this you will enable to communication between test controller and test agents and test agents/test agents. Click Save.      Now, you are ready to deploy the Test Agent software on the Worker Role Test Agent VM and configure it to work with the Test Controller. V. Configuring VM – 3: Installing Test Agent and Associating Test Agent to Controller Log in to the Worker Role Test Agent VM that you have just successfully deployed, make sure you log in with the domain administrator account. Download the All Agents software from MSDN, ‘en_visual_studio_agents_2010_x86_x64_dvd_509679.iso’, extract the iso and navigate to where you have extracted the iso. In my case, i have extracted the iso to “C:\Resources\Temp\VsAgentSetup”. Open the Test Agent folder and double click on setup.exe. Once you have installed the Test Agent you should reach the configuration window. If you face any issues installing TFS Test Agent on the VM, refer to the walkthrough on MSDN.       Once you have successfully installed the Test Agent software you will need to configure the test agent. Right click the test agent configuration tool and run as a different user. i.e. an Administrator. This is really to run the configuration wizard with elevated privileges (you might have UAC block something's otherwise).        In the run options, you can select ‘service’ you do not need to run the agent as interactive un less you are running coded UI tests. I have specified the domain administrator to connect to the TFS Test Controller. In real life, i would never do that, i would create a separate test user service account for this purpose. But for the blog post, we are using the most powerful user so that any policies or restrictions don’t block you.        Click the Apply Settings button and you should be all green! If not, the summary usually gives helpful error messages that you can resolve and proceed. As per my experience, you may run in to either a permission or a firewall blocking communication issue.        And now the moment of truth! Go to VM –2 open up Visual Studio and from the Test Menu select Manage Test Controller       Mission Accomplished! You should be able to see the Test Agent that you have just configured here,         VI. Creating and Running Load Tests on your brand new Azure-ed Test Rig I have various blog posts on Performance Testing with Visual Studio Ultimate, you can follow the links and videos below, Blog Posts: - Part 1 – Performance Testing using Visual Studio 2010 Ultimate - Part 2 – Performance Testing using Visual Studio 2010 Ultimate - Part 3 – Performance Testing using Visual Studio 2010 Ultimate Videos: - Test Tools Configuration & Settings in Visual Studio - Why & How to Record Web Performance Tests in Visual Studio Ultimate - Goal Driven Load Testing using Visual Studio Ultimate Now that you have created your load tests, there is one last change you need to make before you can run the tests on your Azure Test Rig, create a new Test settings file, and change the Test Execution method to ‘Remote Execution’ and select the test controller you have configured the Worker Role Test Agent against in our case VM – 2 So, go on, fire off a test run and see the results of the test being executed on the Azur-ed Test Rig. Review and What’s next? A quick recap of the benefits of running the Test Rig in the cloud and what i will be covering in the next blog post AND I would love to hear your feedback! Advantages Utilizing the power of Azure compute to run a heavy virtual user load. Benefiting from the Azure flexibility, destroy Test Agents when not in use, takes < 25 minutes to spin up a new Test Agent. Most important test Network Latency, (network latency and speed of connection are two different things – usually network latency is very hard to test), by placing the Test Agents in Microsoft Data centres around the globe, one can actually test the lag in transferring the bytes not because of a slow connection but because the page has been requested from the other side of the globe. Next Steps The process of spinning up the Test Agents in windows Azure is not 100% automated. I am working on the Worker process and power shell scripts to make the role deployment, unattended install of test agent software and registration of the test agent to the test controller automated. In the next blog post I will show you how to make the complete process unattended and automated. Remember to subscribe to http://feeds.feedburner.com/TarunArora. Hope you enjoyed this post, I would love to hear your feedback! If you have any recommendations on things that I should consider or any questions or feedback, feel free to leave a comment. See you in Part III.   Share this post : CodeProject

  Read the article

• Windows could not start Apache 2 on the local computer

  - by andig

  After installing PHP 5.3, Windows is unable to start Apache 2.2. Apache's error log is empty, no error message on startup: C:\Programme\Apache\bin>httpd -k start C:\Programme\Apache\bin>httpd -k stop The Apache2.2 service is not started. C:\Programme\Apache\bin>httpd -k config Reconfiguring the Apache2.2 service The Apache2.2 service is successfully installed. Testing httpd.conf.... Errors reported here must be corrected before the service can be started. I have no clue where to look for the cause. php5apache2_2.dll is copied to the Apache modules folder. The configuration looks like this: LoadModule php5_module modules/php5apache2_2.dll PHPIniDir "C:/programme/php" Where and how can I start diagnosis? The only hint I have so far is that startup fails as soon as a PHP module is enabled in the configuration. Is there a way to get more details out of the Apache startup process? This is the http.conf: # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "C:/Programme/Apache" will be interpreted by the # server as "C:/Programme/Apache/logs/foo.log". # # NOTE: Where filenames are specified, you must use forward slashes # instead of backslashes (e.g., "c:/apache" instead of "c:\apache"). # If a drive letter is omitted, the drive on which httpd.exe is located # will be used by default. It is recommended that you always supply # an explicit drive letter in absolute paths to avoid confusion. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "C:/Programme/Apache" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so #LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so #LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so #LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so #LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so #LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so #LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so #LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so #LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so #LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so #LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so #LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so #LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so #LoadModule dav_lock_module modules/mod_dav_lock.so #LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so #LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so #LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so #LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so #LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so #LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so #LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so #LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so #LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so #LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so #LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so #LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule isapi_module modules/mod_isapi.so #LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so #LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so #LoadModule log_forensic_module modules/mod_log_forensic.so #LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so #LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so #LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so #LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so #LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so #LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so #LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so #LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so #LoadModule proxy_scgi_module modules/mod_proxy_scgi.so #LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so #LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so #LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so #LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so #LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so #LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so #LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so #LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so #LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so #LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so #!! LoadModule php5_module modules/php5apache2_2.dll PHPIniDir "C:/programme/php" <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName localhost:8080 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "C:/data/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "C:/data/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error.log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel debug <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access.log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access.log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://localhost/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "C:/Programme/Apache/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "C:/Programme/Apache/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "C:/Programme/Apache/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://localhost/subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #!! <IfModule mod_php5.c> AddType application/x-httpd-php .php AddType application/x-httpd-php .php5 AddType application/x-httpd-php-source .phps </IfModule>

  Read the article

• Apache won't accept external requests

  - by Eric

  I am running Apache 2.2 on windows and I would like to access it remotely. Currently I can only access it from my local machine. I know the problem is not port forwarding because I tested it with other web servers (written in python). My httpd.conf file is below. I installed apache with the PHP installer. # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" will be interpreted by the # server as "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/logs/foo.log". # # NOTE: Where filenames are specified, you must use forward slashes # instead of backslashes (e.g., "c:/apache" instead of "c:\apache"). # If a drive letter is omitted, the drive on which httpd.exe is located # will be used by default. It is recommended that you always supply # an explicit drive letter in absolute paths to avoid confusion. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so #LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so #LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so #LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so #LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so #LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so #LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so #LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so #LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so #LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so #LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so #LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so #LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so #LoadModule dav_lock_module modules/mod_dav_lock.so #LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so #LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so #LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so #LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so #LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so #LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so #LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so #LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so #LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so #LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so #LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule isapi_module modules/mod_isapi.so #LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so #LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so #LoadModule log_forensic_module modules/mod_log_forensic.so #LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so #LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so #LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so #LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so #LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so #LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so #LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so #LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so #LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so #LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so #LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so #LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so #LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so #LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so #LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so #LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so #LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so #LoadModule php5_module "c:/php/php5apache2_2.dll" <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName :80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride All # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html index.php index.phtml index.htm default.html default.php default.phtml default.htm </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error.log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access.log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access.log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http:///bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml AddType application/x-httpd-php .php AddType application/x-httpd-php .phtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http:///subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #PHPIniDir "c:/php" #BEGIN PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL PHPIniDir "C:/PHP/" LoadModule php5_module "C:/PHP/php5apache2_2.dll" #END PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL P.S sorry for the shortness of this post. I am in a rush

  Read the article

• Diving into OpenStack Network Architecture - Part 2 - Basic Use Cases

  - by Ronen Kofman

    rkofman Normal rkofman 4 138 2014-06-05T03:38:00Z 2014-06-05T05:04:00Z 3 2735 15596 Oracle Corporation 129 36 18295 12.00 Clean Clean false false false false EN-US X-NONE HE /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Table Normal"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-priority:99; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; mso-para-margin-top:0in; mso-para-margin-right:0in; mso-para-margin-bottom:10.0pt; mso-para-margin-left:0in; line-height:115%; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:11.0pt; font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif"; mso-ascii-font-family:Calibri; mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-hansi-font-family:Calibri; mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:Arial; mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi; mso-bidi-language:AR-SA;} In the previous post we reviewed several network components including Open vSwitch, Network Namespaces, Linux Bridges and veth pairs. In this post we will take three simple use cases and see how those basic components come together to create a complete SDN solution in OpenStack. With those three use cases we will review almost the entire network setup and see how all the pieces work together. The use cases we will use are: 1.       Create network – what happens when we create network and how can we create multiple isolated networks 2.       Launch a VM – once we have networks we can launch VMs and connect them to networks. 3.       DHCP request from a VM – OpenStack can automatically assign IP addresses to VMs. This is done through local DHCP service controlled by OpenStack Neutron. We will see how this service runs and how does a DHCP request and response look like. In this post we will show connectivity, we will see how packets get from point A to point B. We first focus on how a configured deployment looks like and only later we will discuss how and when the configuration is created. Personally I found it very valuable to see the actual interfaces and how they connect to each other through examples and hands on experiments. After the end game is clear and we know how the connectivity works, in a later post, we will take a step back and explain how Neutron configures the components to be able to provide such connectivity.  We are going to get pretty technical shortly and I recommend trying these examples on your own deployment or using the Oracle OpenStack Tech Preview. Understanding these three use cases thoroughly and how to look at them will be very helpful when trying to debug a deployment in case something does not work. Use case #1: Create Network Create network is a simple operation it can be performed from the GUI or command line. When we create a network in OpenStack the network is only available to the tenant who created it or it could be defined as “shared” and then it can be used by all tenants. A network can have multiple subnets but for this demonstration purpose and for simplicity we will assume that each network has exactly one subnet. Creating a network from the command line will look like this: # neutron net-create net1 Created a new network: +---------------------------+--------------------------------------+ | Field                     | Value                                | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------+ | admin_state_up            | True                                 | | id                        | 5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c | | name                      | net1                                 | | provider:network_type     | vlan                                 | | provider:physical_network | default                              | | provider:segmentation_id  | 1000                                 | | shared                    | False                                | | status                    | ACTIVE                               | | subnets                   |                                      | | tenant_id                 | 9796e5145ee546508939cd49ad59d51f     | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------+ Creating a subnet for this network will look like this: # neutron subnet-create net1 10.10.10.0/24 Created a new subnet: +------------------+------------------------------------------------+ | Field            | Value                                          | +------------------+------------------------------------------------+ | allocation_pools | {"start": "10.10.10.2", "end": "10.10.10.254"} | | cidr             | 10.10.10.0/24                                  | | dns_nameservers  |                                                | | enable_dhcp      | True                                           | | gateway_ip       | 10.10.10.1                                     | | host_routes      |                                                | | id               | 2d7a0a58-0674-439a-ad23-d6471aaae9bc           | | ip_version       | 4                                              | | name             |                                                | | network_id       | 5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c           | | tenant_id        | 9796e5145ee546508939cd49ad59d51f               | +------------------+------------------------------------------------+ We now have a network and a subnet, on the network topology view this looks like this: Now let’s dive in and see what happened under the hood. Looking at the control node we will discover that a new namespace was created: # ip netns list qdhcp-5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c   The name of the namespace is qdhcp-<network id> (see above), let’s look into the namespace and see what’s in it: # ip netns exec qdhcp-5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c ip addr 1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 65536 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN     link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00     inet 127.0.0.1/8 scope host lo     inet6 ::1/128 scope host        valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever 12: tap26c9b807-7c: <BROADCAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN     link/ether fa:16:3e:1d:5c:81 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff     inet 10.10.10.3/24 brd 10.10.10.255 scope global tap26c9b807-7c     inet6 fe80::f816:3eff:fe1d:5c81/64 scope link        valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever   We see two interfaces in the namespace, one is the loopback and the other one is an interface called “tap26c9b807-7c”. This interface has the IP address of 10.10.10.3 and it will also serve dhcp requests in a way we will see later. Let’s trace the connectivity of the “tap26c9b807-7c” interface from the namespace.  First stop is OVS, we see that the interface connects to bridge  “br-int” on OVS: # ovs-vsctl show 8a069c7c-ea05-4375-93e2-b9fc9e4b3ca1     Bridge "br-eth2"         Port "br-eth2"             Interface "br-eth2"                 type: internal         Port "eth2"             Interface "eth2"         Port "phy-br-eth2"             Interface "phy-br-eth2"     Bridge br-ex         Port br-ex             Interface br-ex                 type: internal     Bridge br-int         Port "int-br-eth2"             Interface "int-br-eth2"         Port "tap26c9b807-7c"             tag: 1             Interface "tap26c9b807-7c"                 type: internal         Port br-int             Interface br-int                 type: internal     ovs_version: "1.11.0"   In the picture above we have a veth pair which has two ends called “int-br-eth2” and "phy-br-eth2", this veth pair is used to connect two bridge in OVS "br-eth2" and "br-int". In the previous post we explained how to check the veth connectivity using the ethtool command. It shows that the two are indeed a pair: # ethtool -S int-br-eth2 NIC statistics:      peer_ifindex: 10 . .   #ip link . . 10: phy-br-eth2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP qlen 1000 . . Note that “phy-br-eth2” is connected to a bridge called "br-eth2" and one of this bridge's interfaces is the physical link eth2. This means that the network which we have just created has created a namespace which is connected to the physical interface eth2. eth2 is the “VM network” the physical interface where all the virtual machines connect to where all the VMs are connected. About network isolation: OpenStack supports creation of multiple isolated networks and can use several mechanisms to isolate the networks from one another. The isolation mechanism can be VLANs, VxLANs or GRE tunnels, this is configured as part of the initial setup in our deployment we use VLANs. When using VLAN tagging as an isolation mechanism a VLAN tag is allocated by Neutron from a pre-defined VLAN tags pool and assigned to the newly created network. By provisioning VLAN tags to the networks Neutron allows creation of multiple isolated networks on the same physical link.  The big difference between this and other platforms is that the user does not have to deal with allocating and managing VLANs to networks. The VLAN allocation and provisioning is handled by Neutron which keeps track of the VLAN tags, and responsible for allocating and reclaiming VLAN tags. In the example above net1 has the VLAN tag 1000, this means that whenever a VM is created and connected to this network the packets from that VM will have to be tagged with VLAN tag 1000 to go on this particular network. This is true for namespace as well, if we would like to connect a namespace to a particular network we have to make sure that the packets to and from the namespace are correctly tagged when they reach the VM network. In the example above we see that the namespace interface “tap26c9b807-7c” has vlan tag 1 assigned to it, if we examine OVS we see that it has flows which modify VLAN tag 1 to VLAN tag 1000 when a packet goes to the VM network on eth2 and vice versa. We can see this using the dump-flows command on OVS for packets going to the VM network we see the modification done on br-eth2: #  ovs-ofctl dump-flows br-eth2 NXST_FLOW reply (xid=0x4):  cookie=0x0, duration=18669.401s, table=0, n_packets=857, n_bytes=163350, idle_age=25, priority=4,in_port=2,dl_vlan=1 actions=mod_vlan_vid:1000,NORMAL  cookie=0x0, duration=165108.226s, table=0, n_packets=14, n_bytes=1000, idle_age=5343, hard_age=65534, priority=2,in_port=2 actions=drop  cookie=0x0, duration=165109.813s, table=0, n_packets=1671, n_bytes=213304, idle_age=25, hard_age=65534, priority=1 actions=NORMAL   For packets coming from the interface to the namespace we see the following modification: #  ovs-ofctl dump-flows br-int NXST_FLOW reply (xid=0x4):  cookie=0x0, duration=18690.876s, table=0, n_packets=1610, n_bytes=210752, idle_age=1, priority=3,in_port=1,dl_vlan=1000 actions=mod_vlan_vid:1,NORMAL  cookie=0x0, duration=165130.01s, table=0, n_packets=75, n_bytes=3686, idle_age=4212, hard_age=65534, priority=2,in_port=1 actions=drop  cookie=0x0, duration=165131.96s, table=0, n_packets=863, n_bytes=160727, idle_age=1, hard_age=65534, priority=1 actions=NORMAL   To summarize we can see that when a user creates a network Neutron creates a namespace and this namespace is connected through OVS to the “VM network”. OVS also takes care of tagging the packets from the namespace to the VM network with the correct VLAN tag and knows to modify the VLAN for packets coming from VM network to the namespace. Now let’s see what happens when a VM is launched and how it is connected to the “VM network”. Use case #2: Launch a VM Launching a VM can be done from Horizon or from the command line this is how we do it from Horizon: Attach the network: And Launch Once the virtual machine is up and running we can see the associated IP using the nova list command : # nova list +--------------------------------------+--------------+--------+------------+-------------+-----------------+ | ID                                   | Name         | Status | Task State | Power State | Networks        | +--------------------------------------+--------------+--------+------------+-------------+-----------------+ | 3707ac87-4f5d-4349-b7ed-3a673f55e5e1 | Oracle Linux | ACTIVE | None       | Running     | net1=10.10.10.2 | +--------------------------------------+--------------+--------+------------+-------------+-----------------+ The nova list command shows us that the VM is running and that the IP 10.10.10.2 is assigned to this VM. Let’s trace the connectivity from the VM to VM network on eth2 starting with the VM definition file. The configuration files of the VM including the virtual disk(s), in case of ephemeral storage, are stored on the compute node at/var/lib/nova/instances/<instance-id>/. Looking into the VM definition file ,libvirt.xml,  we see that the VM is connected to an interface called “tap53903a95-82” which is connected to a Linux bridge called “qbr53903a95-82”: <interface type="bridge">       <mac address="fa:16:3e:fe:c7:87"/>       <source bridge="qbr53903a95-82"/>       <target dev="tap53903a95-82"/>     </interface>   Looking at the bridge using the brctl show command we see this: # brctl show bridge name     bridge id               STP enabled     interfaces qbr53903a95-82          8000.7e7f3282b836       no              qvb53903a95-82                                                         tap53903a95-82    The bridge has two interfaces, one connected to the VM (“tap53903a95-82 “) and another one ( “qvb53903a95-82”) connected to “br-int” bridge on OVS: # ovs-vsctl show 83c42f80-77e9-46c8-8560-7697d76de51c     Bridge "br-eth2"         Port "br-eth2"             Interface "br-eth2"                 type: internal         Port "eth2"             Interface "eth2"         Port "phy-br-eth2"             Interface "phy-br-eth2"     Bridge br-int         Port br-int             Interface br-int                 type: internal         Port "int-br-eth2"             Interface "int-br-eth2"         Port "qvo53903a95-82"             tag: 3             Interface "qvo53903a95-82"     ovs_version: "1.11.0"   As we showed earlier “br-int” is connected to “br-eth2” on OVS using the veth pair int-br-eth2,phy-br-eth2 and br-eth2 is connected to the physical interface eth2. The whole flow end to end looks like this: VM è tap53903a95-82 (virtual interface)è qbr53903a95-82 (Linux bridge) è qvb53903a95-82 (interface connected from Linux bridge to OVS bridge br-int) è int-br-eth2 (veth one end) è phy-br-eth2 (veth the other end) è eth2 physical interface. The purpose of the Linux Bridge connecting to the VM is to allow security group enforcement with iptables. Security groups are enforced at the edge point which are the interface of the VM, since iptables nnot be applied to OVS bridges we use Linux bridge to apply them. In the future we hope to see this Linux Bridge going away rules.  VLAN tags: As we discussed in the first use case net1 is using VLAN tag 1000, looking at OVS above we see that qvo41f1ebcf-7c is tagged with VLAN tag 3. The modification from VLAN tag 3 to 1000 as we go to the physical network is done by OVS  as part of the packet flow of br-eth2 in the same way we showed before. To summarize, when a VM is launched it is connected to the VM network through a chain of elements as described here. During the packet from VM to the network and back the VLAN tag is modified. Use case #3: Serving a DHCP request coming from the virtual machine In the previous use cases we have shown that both the namespace called dhcp-<some id> and the VM end up connecting to the physical interface eth2  on their respective nodes, both will tag their packets with VLAN tag 1000.We saw that the namespace has an interface with IP of 10.10.10.3. Since the VM and the namespace are connected to each other and have interfaces on the same subnet they can ping each other, in this picture we see a ping from the VM which was assigned 10.10.10.2 to the namespace: The fact that they are connected and can ping each other can become very handy when something doesn’t work right and we need to isolate the problem. In such case knowing that we should be able to ping from the VM to the namespace and back can be used to trace the disconnect using tcpdump or other monitoring tools. To serve DHCP requests coming from VMs on the network Neutron uses a Linux tool called “dnsmasq”,this is a lightweight DNS and DHCP service you can read more about it here. If we look at the dnsmasq on the control node with the ps command we see this: dnsmasq --no-hosts --no-resolv --strict-order --bind-interfaces --interface=tap26c9b807-7c --except-interface=lo --pid-file=/var/lib/neutron/dhcp/5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c/pid --dhcp-hostsfile=/var/lib/neutron/dhcp/5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c/host --dhcp-optsfile=/var/lib/neutron/dhcp/5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c/opts --leasefile-ro --dhcp-range=tag0,10.10.10.0,static,120s --dhcp-lease-max=256 --conf-file= --domain=openstacklocal The service connects to the tap interface in the namespace (“--interface=tap26c9b807-7c”), If we look at the hosts file we see this: # cat  /var/lib/neutron/dhcp/5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c/host fa:16:3e:fe:c7:87,host-10-10-10-2.openstacklocal,10.10.10.2   If you look at the console output above you can see the MAC address fa:16:3e:fe:c7:87 which is the VM MAC. This MAC address is mapped to IP 10.10.10.2 and so when a DHCP request comes with this MAC dnsmasq will return the 10.10.10.2.If we look into the namespace at the time we initiate a DHCP request from the VM (this can be done by simply restarting the network service in the VM) we see the following: # ip netns exec qdhcp-5f833617-6179-4797-b7c0-7d420d84040c tcpdump -n 19:27:12.191280 IP 0.0.0.0.bootpc > 255.255.255.255.bootps: BOOTP/DHCP, Request from fa:16:3e:fe:c7:87, length 310 19:27:12.191666 IP 10.10.10.3.bootps > 10.10.10.2.bootpc: BOOTP/DHCP, Reply, length 325   To summarize, the DHCP service is handled by dnsmasq which is configured by Neutron to listen to the interface in the DHCP namespace. Neutron also configures dnsmasq with the combination of MAC and IP so when a DHCP request comes along it will receive the assigned IP. Summary In this post we relied on the components described in the previous post and saw how network connectivity is achieved using three simple use cases. These use cases gave a good view of the entire network stack and helped understand how an end to end connection is being made between a VM on a compute node and the DHCP namespace on the control node. One conclusion we can draw from what we saw here is that if we launch a VM and it is able to perform a DHCP request and receive a correct IP then there is reason to believe that the network is working as expected. We saw that a packet has to travel through a long list of components before reaching its destination and if it has done so successfully this means that many components are functioning properly. In the next post we will look at some more sophisticated services Neutron supports and see how they work. We will see that while there are some more components involved for the most part the concepts are the same. @RonenKofman

  Read the article

• Apache won't accept external requests

  - by Eric

  I am running Apache 2.2 on windows and I would like to access it remotely. Currently I can only access it from my local machine. I know the problem is not port forwarding because I tested it with other web servers (written in python). My httpd.conf file is below. I installed apache with the PHP installer. # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" will be interpreted by the # server as "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/logs/foo.log". # # NOTE: Where filenames are specified, you must use forward slashes # instead of backslashes (e.g., "c:/apache" instead of "c:\apache"). # If a drive letter is omitted, the drive on which httpd.exe is located # will be used by default. It is recommended that you always supply # an explicit drive letter in absolute paths to avoid confusion. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so #LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so #LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so #LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so #LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so #LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so #LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so #LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so #LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so #LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so #LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so #LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so #LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so #LoadModule dav_lock_module modules/mod_dav_lock.so #LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so #LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so #LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so #LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so #LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so #LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so #LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so #LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so #LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so #LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so #LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule isapi_module modules/mod_isapi.so #LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so #LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so #LoadModule log_forensic_module modules/mod_log_forensic.so #LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so #LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so #LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so #LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so #LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so #LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so #LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so #LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so #LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so #LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so #LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so #LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so #LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so #LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so #LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so #LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so #LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so #LoadModule php5_module "c:/php/php5apache2_2.dll" <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName :80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride All # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html index.php index.phtml index.htm default.html default.php default.phtml default.htm </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error.log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access.log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access.log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http:///bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml AddType application/x-httpd-php .php AddType application/x-httpd-php .phtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http:///subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #PHPIniDir "c:/php" #BEGIN PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL PHPIniDir "C:/PHP/" LoadModule php5_module "C:/PHP/php5apache2_2.dll" #END PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL P.S sorry for the shortness of this post. I am in a rush

  Read the article

• How to implement EntityDataSource Where IN entity sql clause

  - by TonyS

  I want to pass a number of values into a parameter of the EntityDataSource, e.g.: Where="it.ORDER_ID IN {@OrderIdList}" (this is a property on the EntityDataSource) <WhereParameters> <asp:ControlParameter Name="OrderIdList" Type="Int16" ControlID="OrderFilterControl" PropertyName="OrderIdList" /> </WhereParameters> This doesn't work as ORDER_ID is of type int32 and I need to pass in multiple values, e.g. {1,2,3} etc The next thing I tried was setting the Where clause in code-behind and this all works except I can't get data binding on DropDownLists to work. By this I mean no value is returned from the bound dropdownlists in the EntityDataSource Updating Event. My ideal solution would be to use a WhereParameter on the EntityDataSource but any help is appreciated. Thanks, Tony. A complete code example follows using the AdventureWorks db: Public Class EntityDataSourceWhereInClause Inherits System.Web.UI.Page Protected Sub Page_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles Me.Load CustomersEntityDataSource.Where = WhereClause ''# reset after each postback as its lost otherwise End Sub Private Sub cmdFilterCustomers_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles cmdFilterCustomers.Click Dim CustomerIdList As New Generic.List(Of Int32) For Each item As ListItem In CustomerIdCheckBoxList.Items If item.Selected Then CustomerIdList.Add(item.Value) End If Next Dim CustomerCsvList As String = String.Join(", ", CustomerIdList.Select(Function(o) o.ToString()).ToArray()) WhereClause = "it.CustomerID IN {" & CustomerCsvList & "}" CustomersEntityDataSource.Where = WhereClause FormView1.PageIndex = 0 End Sub ''# save between postbacks the custom Where IN clause Public Property WhereClause() As String Get Return ViewState("WhereClause") End Get Set(ByVal value As String) ViewState.Add("WhereClause", value) End Set End Property Private Sub CustomersEntityDataSource_Updating(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.Web.UI.WebControls.EntityDataSourceChangingEventArgs) Handles CustomersEntityDataSource.Updating Dim c = CType(e.Entity, EntityFrameworkTest.Customer) If c.Title.Length = 0 Then Response.Write("Title is empty string, so will save like this!") End If End Sub End Class <%@ Page Language="vb" AutoEventWireup="false" CodeBehind="EntityDataSourceWhereInClause.aspx.vb" Inherits="EntityFrameworkTest.EntityDataSourceWhereInClause" %> <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head runat="server"> <title></title> </head> <body> <form id="form1" runat="server"> <%''# filter control %> <div> <asp:EntityDataSource ID="CustomerIdListEntityDataSource" runat="server" ConnectionString="name=AdventureWorksLT2008Entities" DefaultContainerName="AdventureWorksLT2008Entities" EnableFlattening="False" EntitySetName="Customers" Select="it.[CustomerID]" OrderBy="it.[CustomerID]"> </asp:EntityDataSource> <asp:CheckBoxList ID="CustomerIdCheckBoxList" runat="server" DataSourceID="CustomerIdListEntityDataSource" DataTextField="CustomerID" DataValueField="CustomerID" RepeatDirection="Horizontal"> </asp:CheckBoxList> <asp:Button ID="cmdFilterCustomers" runat="server" Text="Apply Filter" /> </div> <% ''# you get this error passing in CSV in the where clause ''# The element type 'Edm.Int32' and the CollectionType 'Transient.collection[Edm.String(Nullable=True,DefaultValue=,MaxLength=,Unicode=,FixedLength=)]' are not compatible. The IN expression only supports entity, primitive, and reference types. Near WHERE predicate, line 6, column 15. ''# so have coded it manually in code-behind Where="it.CustomerID IN {@OrderIdList}" %> <asp:EntityDataSource ID="CustomersEntityDataSource" runat="server" ConnectionString="name=AdventureWorksLT2008Entities" DefaultContainerName="AdventureWorksLT2008Entities" EnableFlattening="False" EnableUpdate="True" EntitySetName="Customers" AutoGenerateOrderByClause="false"> </asp:EntityDataSource> <%''# updating works with DropDownLists until the Where clause is set in code %> <asp:FormView ID="FormView1" runat="server" AllowPaging="True" CellPadding="4" DataKeyNames="CustomerID" DataSourceID="CustomersEntityDataSource" ForeColor="#333333"> <EditItemTemplate> CustomerID: <asp:Label ID="CustomerIDLabel1" runat="server" Text='<%# Eval("CustomerID") %>' /> <br /> NameStyle: <asp:CheckBox ID="NameStyleCheckBox" runat="server" Checked='<%# Bind("NameStyle") %>' /> <br /> Title: <%''# the SelectedValue is not Bound to the EF object if the Where clause is updated in code-behind %> <asp:DropDownList ID="ddlTitleBound" runat="server" DataSourceID="TitleEntityDataSource" DataTextField="Title" DataValueField="Title" AutoPostBack="false" AppendDataBoundItems="true" SelectedValue='<%# Bind("Title") %>'> </asp:DropDownList> <asp:EntityDataSource ID="TitleEntityDataSource" runat="server" ConnectionString="name=AdventureWorksLT2008Entities" DefaultContainerName="AdventureWorksLT2008Entities" EnableFlattening="False" EntitySetName="Customers" Select="it.[Title]" GroupBy="it.[Title]" ViewStateMode="Enabled"> </asp:EntityDataSource> <br /> FirstName: <asp:TextBox ID="FirstNameTextBox" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("FirstName") %>' /> <br /> MiddleName: <asp:TextBox ID="MiddleNameTextBox" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("MiddleName") %>' /> <br /> LastName: <asp:TextBox ID="LastNameTextBox" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("LastName") %>' /> <br /> Suffix: <asp:TextBox ID="SuffixTextBox" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("Suffix") %>' /> <br /> CompanyName: <asp:TextBox ID="CompanyNameTextBox" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("CompanyName") %>' /> <br /> SalesPerson: <asp:TextBox ID="SalesPersonTextBox" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("SalesPerson") %>' /> <br /> EmailAddress: <asp:TextBox ID="EmailAddressTextBox" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("EmailAddress") %>' /> <br /> Phone: <asp:TextBox ID="PhoneTextBox" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("Phone") %>' /> <br /> PasswordHash: <asp:TextBox ID="PasswordHashTextBox" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("PasswordHash") %>' /> <br /> PasswordSalt: <asp:TextBox ID="PasswordSaltTextBox" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("PasswordSalt") %>' /> <br /> rowguid: <asp:TextBox ID="rowguidTextBox" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("rowguid") %>' /> <br /> ModifiedDate: <asp:TextBox ID="ModifiedDateTextBox" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("ModifiedDate") %>' /> <br /> <asp:LinkButton ID="UpdateButton" runat="server" CausesValidation="True" CommandName="Update" Text="Update" /> &nbsp;<asp:LinkButton ID="UpdateCancelButton" runat="server" CausesValidation="False" CommandName="Cancel" Text="Cancel" /> </EditItemTemplate> <EditRowStyle BackColor="#999999" /> <FooterStyle BackColor="#5D7B9D" Font-Bold="True" ForeColor="White" /> <HeaderStyle BackColor="#5D7B9D" Font-Bold="True" ForeColor="White" /> <ItemTemplate> CustomerID: <asp:Label ID="CustomerIDLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Eval("CustomerID") %>' /> <br /> NameStyle: <asp:CheckBox ID="NameStyleCheckBox" runat="server" Checked='<%# Bind("NameStyle") %>' Enabled="false" /> <br /> Title: <asp:Label ID="TitleLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("Title") %>' /> <br /> FirstName: <asp:Label ID="FirstNameLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("FirstName") %>' /> <br /> MiddleName: <asp:Label ID="MiddleNameLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("MiddleName") %>' /> <br /> LastName: <asp:Label ID="LastNameLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("LastName") %>' /> <br /> Suffix: <asp:Label ID="SuffixLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("Suffix") %>' /> <br /> CompanyName: <asp:Label ID="CompanyNameLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("CompanyName") %>' /> <br /> SalesPerson: <asp:Label ID="SalesPersonLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("SalesPerson") %>' /> <br /> EmailAddress: <asp:Label ID="EmailAddressLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("EmailAddress") %>' /> <br /> Phone: <asp:Label ID="PhoneLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("Phone") %>' /> <br /> PasswordHash: <asp:Label ID="PasswordHashLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("PasswordHash") %>' /> <br /> PasswordSalt: <asp:Label ID="PasswordSaltLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("PasswordSalt") %>' /> <br /> rowguid: <asp:Label ID="rowguidLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("rowguid") %>' /> <br /> ModifiedDate: <asp:Label ID="ModifiedDateLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("ModifiedDate") %>' /> <br /> <asp:LinkButton ID="EditButton" runat="server" CausesValidation="False" CommandName="Edit" Text="Edit" /> </ItemTemplate> <PagerSettings Position="Top" /> <PagerStyle BackColor="#284775" ForeColor="White" HorizontalAlign="Center" /> <RowStyle BackColor="#F7F6F3" ForeColor="#333333" /> </asp:FormView> </form>

  Read the article

• Using java to create a dynamic rich:panelMenu

  - by Mark Lewis

  Hail This attempt at using component libs to access a Map<String, ArrayList<String>> <rich:panelMenu style="width:35%" mode="ajax" iconExpandedTopGroup="/img/logListIcon.png" iconCollapsedTopGroup="/img/logListIcon.png" iconCollapsedGroup="/img/logListFolderIconClosed.png" iconExpandedGroup="/img/logListFolderIconOpen.png" iconGroupTopPosition="left" iconItem="/img/logFileIcon.png"> <!-- feed iteration --> <ui:repeat items="#{PanelMenu.panelNodes}" var="map"> <rich:panelMenuGroup label="#{map.key}" style="padding-left: 20px;"> <ui:repeat items="${map.value}" var="entry"> <rich:panelMenuItem label="#{entry}" action="#{PanelMenu.updateCurrent}"> <f:param name="current" value="#{entry}" /> </rich:panelMenuItem> </ui:repeat> </rich:panelMenuGroup> </ui:repeat> </rich:panelMenu> <rich:panel style="width:65%" bodyClass="rich-laguna-panel-no-header"> <a4j:outputPanel ajaxRendered="true"> <h:outputText value="#{PanelMenu.currentLog}" id="current" /> </a4j:outputPanel> </rich:panel> resulted in |STDOUT| 2010-03-06 22:46:22,212 | ERROR | [http-8181-2]: Exception in the filter chain javax.servlet.ServletException: com.sun.facelets.component.UIRepeat cannot be cast to org.richfaces.component.UIPanelMenuItem so I think I need to get onto a resource to use FacesContext context = FacesContext.getCurrentInstance(); but as I'm fairly new to both java and jsf I need a bit of help. Can anyone suggest either the (probably small) java method to represent this intention or a really good resource specifically about programming dynamic stuff in RichFaces using java? Naturally I've read the javadocs, but they don't give me a concrete example of some JSF, the associated backing bean java code, and a screen shot of the resulting component. It may be asking a bit much, but I'm sure I'm not alone in thinking that with these three, I'd be able to understand the idea and apply it to many other component types in this family. The RF demo doesn't include dynamic panelMenus or drop downs so I'm a bit stumped. Thanks IA EDIT @BalusC: Thanks for the response, here is complete stack trace: 07-Mar-2010 19:05:52 com.sun.facelets.FaceletViewHandler handleRenderException SEVERE: Error Rendering View[/index.xhtml] java.lang.ClassCastException: com.sun.facelets.component.UIRepeat cannot be cast to org.richfaces.component.UIPanelMenuItem at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PanelMenuRenderer.insertScript(PanelMenuRenderer.java:141) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.HtmlPanelMenuRenderer.doEncodeEnd(HtmlPanelMenuRenderer.java:260) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.HtmlPanelMenuRenderer.doEncodeEnd(HtmlPanelMenuRenderer.java:271) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.encodeEnd(RendererBase.java:134) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeEnd(UIComponentBase.java:861) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChild(RendererBase.java:281) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChildren(RendererBase.java:258) at org.richfaces.renderkit.TabRendererBase.encodeChildren(TabRendererBase.java:113) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChild(RendererBase.java:277) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChildren(RendererBase.java:258) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.TabPanelRenderer.doEncodeChildren(TabPanelRenderer.java:266) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.TabPanelRenderer.doEncodeChildren(TabPanelRenderer.java:261) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.encodeChildren(RendererBase.java:120) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.HtmlBasicRenderer.encodeRecursive(HtmlBasicRenderer.java:234) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.GridRenderer.renderRow(GridRenderer.java:180) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.GridRenderer.encodeChildren(GridRenderer.java:127) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.HtmlBasicRenderer.encodeRecursive(HtmlBasicRenderer.java:234) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.HtmlBasicRenderer.encodeRecursive(HtmlBasicRenderer.java:239) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.HtmlBasicRenderer.encodeRecursive(HtmlBasicRenderer.java:239) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.GroupRenderer.encodeChildren(GroupRenderer.java:106) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChild(RendererBase.java:277) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChildren(RendererBase.java:258) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PanelRenderer.doEncodeChildren(PanelRenderer.java:200) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PanelRenderer.doEncodeChildren(PanelRenderer.java:195) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.encodeChildren(RendererBase.java:120) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChild(RendererBase.java:277) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChildren(RendererBase.java:258) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PageRenderer.doEncodeChildren(PageRenderer.java:265) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PageRenderer.doEncodeChildren(PageRenderer.java:254) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.encodeChildren(RendererBase.java:120) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at javax.faces.component.UIComponent.encodeAll(UIComponent.java:930) at javax.faces.component.UIComponent.encodeAll(UIComponent.java:933) at com.sun.facelets.FaceletViewHandler.renderView(FaceletViewHandler.java:594) at org.ajax4jsf.application.ViewHandlerWrapper.renderView(ViewHandlerWrapper.java:100) at org.ajax4jsf.application.AjaxViewHandler.renderView(AjaxViewHandler.java:176) at com.sun.faces.lifecycle.RenderResponsePhase.execute(RenderResponsePhase.java:110) at com.sun.faces.lifecycle.Phase.doPhase(Phase.java:100) at com.sun.faces.lifecycle.LifecycleImpl.render(LifecycleImpl.java:139) at javax.faces.webapp.FacesServlet.service(FacesServlet.java:266) at org.apache.catalina.core.ApplicationFilterChain.internalDoFilter(ApplicationFilterChain.java:290) at org.apache.catalina.core.ApplicationFilterChain.doFilter(ApplicationFilterChain.java:206) at org.ajax4jsf.webapp.BaseXMLFilter.doXmlFilter(BaseXMLFilter.java:178) at org.ajax4jsf.webapp.BaseFilter.handleRequest(BaseFilter.java:290) at org.ajax4jsf.webapp.BaseFilter.processUploadsAndHandleRequest(BaseFilter.java:388) at org.ajax4jsf.webapp.BaseFilter.doFilter(BaseFilter.java:515) at org.apache.catalina.core.ApplicationFilterChain.internalDoFilter(ApplicationFilterChain.java:235) at org.apache.catalina.core.ApplicationFilterChain.doFilter(ApplicationFilterChain.java:206) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardWrapperValve.invoke(StandardWrapperValve.java:233) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardContextValve.invoke(StandardContextValve.java:191) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardHostValve.invoke(StandardHostValve.java:127) at org.apache.catalina.valves.ErrorReportValve.invoke(ErrorReportValve.java:102) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardEngineValve.invoke(StandardEngineValve.java:109) at org.apache.catalina.connector.CoyoteAdapter.service(CoyoteAdapter.java:298) at org.apache.coyote.http11.Http11Processor.process(Http11Processor.java:852) at org.apache.coyote.http11.Http11Protocol$Http11ConnectionHandler.process(Http11Protocol.java:588) at org.apache.tomcat.util.net.JIoEndpoint$Worker.run(JIoEndpoint.java:489) at java.lang.Thread.run(Thread.java:619) 07-Mar-2010 19:05:52 com.sun.faces.lifecycle.Phase doPhase SEVERE: JSF1054: (Phase ID: RENDER_RESPONSE 6, View ID: /index.xhtml) Exception thrown during phase execution: javax.faces.event.PhaseEvent[source=com.sun.faces.lifecycle.LifecycleImpl@30f369] 07-Mar-2010 19:05:52 org.apache.catalina.core.StandardWrapperValve invoke SEVERE: Servlet.service() for servlet Faces Servlet threw exception java.lang.ClassCastException: com.sun.facelets.component.UIRepeat cannot be cast to org.richfaces.component.UIPanelMenuItem at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PanelMenuRenderer.insertScript(PanelMenuRenderer.java:141) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.HtmlPanelMenuRenderer.doEncodeEnd(HtmlPanelMenuRenderer.java:260) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.HtmlPanelMenuRenderer.doEncodeEnd(HtmlPanelMenuRenderer.java:271) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.encodeEnd(RendererBase.java:134) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeEnd(UIComponentBase.java:861) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChild(RendererBase.java:281) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChildren(RendererBase.java:258) at org.richfaces.renderkit.TabRendererBase.encodeChildren(TabRendererBase.java:113) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChild(RendererBase.java:277) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChildren(RendererBase.java:258) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.TabPanelRenderer.doEncodeChildren(TabPanelRenderer.java:266) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.TabPanelRenderer.doEncodeChildren(TabPanelRenderer.java:261) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.encodeChildren(RendererBase.java:120) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.HtmlBasicRenderer.encodeRecursive(HtmlBasicRenderer.java:234) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.GridRenderer.renderRow(GridRenderer.java:180) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.GridRenderer.encodeChildren(GridRenderer.java:127) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.HtmlBasicRenderer.encodeRecursive(HtmlBasicRenderer.java:234) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.HtmlBasicRenderer.encodeRecursive(HtmlBasicRenderer.java:239) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.HtmlBasicRenderer.encodeRecursive(HtmlBasicRenderer.java:239) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.GroupRenderer.encodeChildren(GroupRenderer.java:106) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChild(RendererBase.java:277) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChildren(RendererBase.java:258) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PanelRenderer.doEncodeChildren(PanelRenderer.java:200) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PanelRenderer.doEncodeChildren(PanelRenderer.java:195) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.encodeChildren(RendererBase.java:120) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChild(RendererBase.java:277) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChildren(RendererBase.java:258) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PageRenderer.doEncodeChildren(PageRenderer.java:265) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PageRenderer.doEncodeChildren(PageRenderer.java:254) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.encodeChildren(RendererBase.java:120) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at javax.faces.component.UIComponent.encodeAll(UIComponent.java:930) at javax.faces.component.UIComponent.encodeAll(UIComponent.java:933) at com.sun.facelets.FaceletViewHandler.renderView(FaceletViewHandler.java:594) at org.ajax4jsf.application.ViewHandlerWrapper.renderView(ViewHandlerWrapper.java:100) at org.ajax4jsf.application.AjaxViewHandler.renderView(AjaxViewHandler.java:176) at com.sun.faces.lifecycle.RenderResponsePhase.execute(RenderResponsePhase.java:110) at com.sun.faces.lifecycle.Phase.doPhase(Phase.java:100) at com.sun.faces.lifecycle.LifecycleImpl.render(LifecycleImpl.java:139) at javax.faces.webapp.FacesServlet.service(FacesServlet.java:266) at org.apache.catalina.core.ApplicationFilterChain.internalDoFilter(ApplicationFilterChain.java:290) at org.apache.catalina.core.ApplicationFilterChain.doFilter(ApplicationFilterChain.java:206) at org.ajax4jsf.webapp.BaseXMLFilter.doXmlFilter(BaseXMLFilter.java:178) at org.ajax4jsf.webapp.BaseFilter.handleRequest(BaseFilter.java:290) at org.ajax4jsf.webapp.BaseFilter.processUploadsAndHandleRequest(BaseFilter.java:388) at org.ajax4jsf.webapp.BaseFilter.doFilter(BaseFilter.java:515) at org.apache.catalina.core.ApplicationFilterChain.internalDoFilter(ApplicationFilterChain.java:235) at org.apache.catalina.core.ApplicationFilterChain.doFilter(ApplicationFilterChain.java:206) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardWrapperValve.invoke(StandardWrapperValve.java:233) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardContextValve.invoke(StandardContextValve.java:191) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardHostValve.invoke(StandardHostValve.java:127) at org.apache.catalina.valves.ErrorReportValve.invoke(ErrorReportValve.java:102) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardEngineValve.invoke(StandardEngineValve.java:109) at org.apache.catalina.connector.CoyoteAdapter.service(CoyoteAdapter.java:298) at org.apache.coyote.http11.Http11Processor.process(Http11Processor.java:852) at org.apache.coyote.http11.Http11Protocol$Http11ConnectionHandler.process(Http11Protocol.java:588) at org.apache.tomcat.util.net.JIoEndpoint$Worker.run(JIoEndpoint.java:489) at java.lang.Thread.run(Thread.java:619) |STDOUT| 2010-03-07 19:05:52,683 | ERROR | [http-8181-1]: Exception in the filter chain javax.servlet.ServletException: com.sun.facelets.component.UIRepeat cannot be cast to org.richfaces.component.UIPanelMenuItem at javax.faces.webapp.FacesServlet.service(FacesServlet.java:277) at org.apache.catalina.core.ApplicationFilterChain.internalDoFilter(ApplicationFilterChain.java:290) at org.apache.catalina.core.ApplicationFilterChain.doFilter(ApplicationFilterChain.java:206) at org.ajax4jsf.webapp.BaseXMLFilter.doXmlFilter(BaseXMLFilter.java:178) at org.ajax4jsf.webapp.BaseFilter.handleRequest(BaseFilter.java:290) at org.ajax4jsf.webapp.BaseFilter.processUploadsAndHandleRequest(BaseFilter.java:388) at org.ajax4jsf.webapp.BaseFilter.doFilter(BaseFilter.java:515) at org.apache.catalina.core.ApplicationFilterChain.internalDoFilter(ApplicationFilterChain.java:235) at org.apache.catalina.core.ApplicationFilterChain.doFilter(ApplicationFilterChain.java:206) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardWrapperValve.invoke(StandardWrapperValve.java:233) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardContextValve.invoke(StandardContextValve.java:191) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardHostValve.invoke(StandardHostValve.java:127) at org.apache.catalina.valves.ErrorReportValve.invoke(ErrorReportValve.java:102) at org.apache.catalina.core.StandardEngineValve.invoke(StandardEngineValve.java:109) at org.apache.catalina.connector.CoyoteAdapter.service(CoyoteAdapter.java:298) at org.apache.coyote.http11.Http11Processor.process(Http11Processor.java:852) at org.apache.coyote.http11.Http11Protocol$Http11ConnectionHandler.process(Http11Protocol.java:588) at org.apache.tomcat.util.net.JIoEndpoint$Worker.run(JIoEndpoint.java:489) at java.lang.Thread.run(Thread.java:619) Caused by: java.lang.ClassCastException: com.sun.facelets.component.UIRepeat cannot be cast to org.richfaces.component.UIPanelMenuItem at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PanelMenuRenderer.insertScript(PanelMenuRenderer.java:141) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.HtmlPanelMenuRenderer.doEncodeEnd(HtmlPanelMenuRenderer.java:260) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.HtmlPanelMenuRenderer.doEncodeEnd(HtmlPanelMenuRenderer.java:271) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.encodeEnd(RendererBase.java:134) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeEnd(UIComponentBase.java:861) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChild(RendererBase.java:281) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChildren(RendererBase.java:258) at org.richfaces.renderkit.TabRendererBase.encodeChildren(TabRendererBase.java:113) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChild(RendererBase.java:277) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChildren(RendererBase.java:258) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.TabPanelRenderer.doEncodeChildren(TabPanelRenderer.java:266) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.TabPanelRenderer.doEncodeChildren(TabPanelRenderer.java:261) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.encodeChildren(RendererBase.java:120) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.HtmlBasicRenderer.encodeRecursive(HtmlBasicRenderer.java:234) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.GridRenderer.renderRow(GridRenderer.java:180) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.GridRenderer.encodeChildren(GridRenderer.java:127) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.HtmlBasicRenderer.encodeRecursive(HtmlBasicRenderer.java:234) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.HtmlBasicRenderer.encodeRecursive(HtmlBasicRenderer.java:239) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.HtmlBasicRenderer.encodeRecursive(HtmlBasicRenderer.java:239) at com.sun.faces.renderkit.html_basic.GroupRenderer.encodeChildren(GroupRenderer.java:106) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChild(RendererBase.java:277) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChildren(RendererBase.java:258) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PanelRenderer.doEncodeChildren(PanelRenderer.java:200) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PanelRenderer.doEncodeChildren(PanelRenderer.java:195) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.encodeChildren(RendererBase.java:120) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChild(RendererBase.java:277) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.renderChildren(RendererBase.java:258) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PageRenderer.doEncodeChildren(PageRenderer.java:265) at org.richfaces.renderkit.html.PageRenderer.doEncodeChildren(PageRenderer.java:254) at org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.RendererBase.encodeChildren(RendererBase.java:120) at javax.faces.component.UIComponentBase.encodeChildren(UIComponentBase.java:837) at javax.faces.component.UIComponent.encodeAll(UIComponent.java:930) at javax.faces.component.UIComponent.encodeAll(UIComponent.java:933) at com.sun.facelets.FaceletViewHandler.renderView(FaceletViewHandler.java:594) at org.ajax4jsf.application.ViewHandlerWrapper.renderView(ViewHandlerWrapper.java:100) at org.ajax4jsf.application.AjaxViewHandler.renderView(AjaxViewHandler.java:176) at com.sun.faces.lifecycle.RenderResponsePhase.execute(RenderResponsePhase.java:110) at com.sun.faces.lifecycle.Phase.doPhase(Phase.java:100) at com.sun.faces.lifecycle.LifecycleImpl.render(LifecycleImpl.java:139) at javax.faces.webapp.FacesServlet.service(FacesServlet.java:266) ... 18 more

  Read the article

• Problem to display 3D google map.

  - by nemade-vipin

  hello friends, I have implemented one Flex application in which I want to display 3D google map.In which I am getting the error the NUll object reference during map display. Here is my code:- import com.google.maps.controls.MapTypeControl; import adobe.utils.XMLUI; import mx.rpc.events.FaultEvent; import mx.controls.Alert; import generated.webservices.*; import mx.collections.ArrayCollection; import mx.controls.*; import generated.webservices.*; import com.google.maps.LatLng; import com.google.maps.Map3D; import com.google.maps.MapEvent; import com.google.maps.MapMouseEvent; import com.google.maps.services.GeocodingEvent; import com.google.maps.services.ClientGeocoder; import com.google.maps.overlays.Marker; import com.google.maps.InfoWindowOptions; import com.google.maps.MapOptions; import com.google.maps.MapType; import com.google.maps.View; import com.google.maps.controls.NavigationControl; import com.google.maps.geom.Attitude; import mx.controls.Alert; [Bindable] private var childName:ArrayCollection; [Bindable] private var childId:ArrayCollection; private var photoFeed:ArrayCollection; private var trackinginfochild:TrackingInfo; private var arrayOfchild:Array; private var newEntry:GetSBTSMobileAuthentication; private var trackinginfo:GetSBTSTrackingInfo; private var childObj:Child; private var UserId:int; private var lat:int; private var long:int; private var latlong:LatLng; public var user:SBTSWebService; public function authentication():void { // Instantiate a new Entry object. user = new SBTSWebService(); if(user!=null) { user.addSBTSWebServiceFaultEventListener(handleFaults); user.addgetSBTSMobileAuthenticationEventListener(authenticationResult); newEntry = new GetSBTSMobileAuthentication(); if(newEntry!=null) { newEntry.mobile=mobileno.text; newEntry.password=password.text; user.getSBTSMobileAuthentication(newEntry); } } } public function handleFaults(event:FaultEvent):void { Alert.show("A fault occured contacting the server. Fault message is: " + event.fault.faultString); } public function authenticationResult(event:GetSBTSMobileAuthenticationResultEvent):void { if(event.result != null && event.result._return>0) { if(event.result._return > 0) { UserId = event.result._return; loginform.enabled = false; getChildList(UserId); viewstack2.selectedIndex=1; } else { Alert.show("Authentication fail"); } } } public function getChildList(userId:int):void { var childEntry:GetSBTSMobileChildrenInfo = new GetSBTSMobileChildrenInfo(); childEntry.UserId = userId; user.addgetSBTSMobileChildrenInfoEventListener(sbtsChildrenInfoResult); user.getSBTSMobileChildrenInfo(childEntry); } public function sbtsChildrenInfoResult(event:GetSBTSMobileChildrenInfoResultEvent):void { if( event.result._return!=null) { arrayOfchild = event.result._return as Array; photoFeed = new ArrayCollection(arrayOfchild); childName = new ArrayCollection(); for( var count:int=0;count<photoFeed.length;count++) { childObj = photoFeed.getItemAt(count,0) as Child; childName.addItem(childObj.strName); } } } private function trackingInfo():void { for( var count:int=0;count user.getSBTSTrackingInfo(trackinginfo); } } } } private function getTrackingInfo(event:GetSBTSTrackingInfoResultEvent):void { if(event.result._return != null) { trackinginfochild = event.result._return as TrackingInfo; lat = trackinginfochild.dblLatitude; long = trackinginfochild.dblLongitude; latlong = new LatLng(lat,long); } } private function onMapPreinitialize(event:MapEvent):void { var myMapOptions:MapOptions = new MapOptions(); myMapOptions.zoom = 12; myMapOptions.center = latlong; myMapOptions.mapType = MapType.NORMAL_MAP_TYPE; myMapOptions.viewMode = View.VIEWMODE_PERSPECTIVE; myMapOptions.attitude = new Attitude(20,30,0); buslocation.setInitOptions(myMapOptions); buspath.setInitOptions(myMapOptions); } private function onMapReady(event:MapEvent):void { this.buslocation.addControl(new NavigationControl()); this.buslocation.addControl( new MapTypeControl()); } ]]> <mx:Move id="hideEffect" yTo="-500" /> <mx:Move id="showEffect" xFrom="500"/> <mx:Panel width="100%" height="100%" headerColors="[#000000,#FFFFFF]" hideEffect="{hideEffect}" showEffect="{showEffect}"> <mx:TabNavigator id="viewstack2" selectedIndex="0" creationPolicy="all" width="100%" height="100%"> <mx:Form label="Login Form" id="loginform" hideEffect="{hideEffect}" showEffect="{showEffect}"> <mx:FormItem label="Mobile NO:" creationPolicy="all"> <mx:TextInput id="mobileno"/> </mx:FormItem> <mx:FormItem label="Password:" creationPolicy="all"> <mx:TextInput displayAsPassword="true" id="password" /> </mx:FormItem> <mx:FormItem> <mx:Button label="Login" click="authentication()"/> </mx:FormItem> </mx:Form> <mx:Form label="Child List" id="childForm" hideEffect="{hideEffect}" showEffect="{showEffect}"> <mx:Label width="100%" color="blue" text="Select Child."/> <mx:RadioButtonGroup id="radioGroup" itemClick="trackingInfo()"/> <mx:Repeater id="fieldRepeater" dataProvider="{childName}"> <mx:RadioButton groupName="radioGroup" label="{fieldRepeater.currentItem}" value="{fieldRepeater.currentItem}"/> </mx:Repeater> </mx:Form> <mx:Form label="Child Information" hideEffect="{hideEffect}" showEffect="{showEffect}"> <mx:FormItem> <mx:DataGrid id="childinfo"> <mx:columns> <mx:DataGridColumn headerText="Child Name" dataField="strName"/> <mx:DataGridColumn headerText="School Name" dataField="strSchoolName"/> <mx:DataGridColumn headerText="Pick Up Point" dataField="strPickUpPointName"/> <mx:DataGridColumn headerText="Drop Down Point" dataField="strDropDownPointName"/> </mx:columns> </mx:DataGrid> </mx:FormItem> <mx:FormItem> <mx:Button label="click here to see bus location"/> </mx:FormItem> </mx:Form> <mx:Form label="Bus Location" hideEffect="{hideEffect}" showEffect="{showEffect}"> <maps:Map3D xmlns:maps="com.google.maps.*" mapevent_mappreinitialize="onMapPreinitialize(event)" id="buslocation" width="100%" height="100%" url="http://code.google.com/apis/maps/" key="ABQIAAAAXuX6aG-r_N0-tQNxUEV-vRSE8al1BQssMxLXJiP75kIjR3ssLxT3D52_u94hI-dMIkD72FmnK-P4og"/> </mx:Form> <mx:Form label="Bus path" hideEffect="{hideEffect}" showEffect="{showEffect}"> <maps:Map3D xmlns:maps="com.google.maps.*" mapevent_mappreinitialize="onMapPreinitialize(event)" id="buspath" width="100%" height="100%" url="http://code.google.com/apis/maps/" key="ABQIAAAAXuX6aG-r_N0-tQNxUEV-vRSE8al1BQssMxLXJiP75kIjR3ssLxT3D52_u94hI-dMIkD72FmnK-P4og"/> </mx:Form> </mx:TabNavigator> </mx:Panel> I am getting this error :- TypeError: Error #1009: Cannot access a property or method of a null object reference. at com.google.maps.geom::Geometry$/computeSeparatingAxes() at com.google.maps.geom::TileEnumerator/enumerateTiles() at com.google.maps.core::PerspectiveTilePane/computeOptimalSet() at com.google.maps.core::PerspectiveTilePane/render() at com.google.maps.core::PerspectiveTilePane/configure() at com.google.maps.managers::PerspectiveTileManager/updateView() at com.google.maps.managers::PerspectiveTileManager/initializePanes() at com.google.maps.managers::PerspectiveTileManager/onInitialize() at MethodInfo-190() at flash.events::EventDispatcher/dispatchEventFunction() at flash.events::EventDispatcher/dispatchEvent() at mx.core::UIComponent/dispatchEvent()[C:\autobuild\3.2.0\frameworks\projects\framework\src\mx\core\UIComponent.as:9298] at com.google.maps.wrappers::BaseEventDispatcher/dispatchEvent() at com.google.maps.wrappers::EventDispatcherWrapper/dispatchEvent() at com.google.maps.core::MapImpl/size() at com.google.maps.core::MapImpl/setSize() at com.google.maps.wrappers::IMapWrapper/setSize() at com.google.maps::Map/internalSetSize() at com.google.maps::Map/onUIComponentResized() at flash.events::EventDispatcher/dispatchEventFunction() at flash.events::EventDispatcher/dispatchEvent() at mx.core::UIComponent/dispatchEvent()[C:\autobuild\3.2.0\frameworks\projects\framework\src\mx\core\UIComponent.as:9298] at mx.core::UIComponent/dispatchResizeEvent()[C:\autobuild\3.2.0\frameworks\projects\framework\src\mx\core\UIComponent.as:7077] at mx.core::UIComponent/setActualSize()[C:\autobuild\3.2.0\frameworks\projects\framework\src\mx\core\UIComponent.as:6706] at mx.containers.utilityClasses::BoxLayout/updateDisplayList()[C:\autobuild\3.2.0\frameworks\projects\framework\src\mx\containers\utilityClasses\BoxLayout.as:219] at mx.containers::Form/updateDisplayList()[C:\autobuild\3.2.0\frameworks\projects\framework\src\mx\containers\Form.as:375] at mx.core::UIComponent/validateDisplayList()[C:\autobuild\3.2.0\frameworks\projects\framework\src\mx\core\UIComponent.as:6351] at mx.core::Container/validateDisplayList()[C:\autobuild\3.2.0\frameworks\projects\framework\src\mx\core\Container.as:2677] at mx.managers::LayoutManager/validateDisplayList()[C:\autobuild\3.2.0\frameworks\projects\framework\src\mx\managers\LayoutManager.as:622] at mx.managers::LayoutManager/doPhasedInstantiation()[C:\autobuild\3.2.0\frameworks\projects\framework\src\mx\managers\LayoutManager.as:695] at Function/http://adobe.com/AS3/2006/builtin::apply() at mx.core::UIComponent/callLaterDispatcher2()[C:\autobuild\3.2.0\frameworks\projects\framework\src\mx\core\UIComponent.as:8628] at mx.core::UIComponent/callLaterDispatcher()[C:\autobuild\3.2.0\frameworks\projects\framework\src\mx\core\UIComponent.as:8568] Please resolve my issue.

  Read the article

• Inheritance of templates in WPF

  - by Alxandr

  I'm trying to make sure that every child of a given element (MPF.MWindow) gets custom templates. For instance, the button should get the template defined in resMButton.xaml. As of now I'm using the following code on: (resMWindow.xaml) <ResourceDictionary xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:local="clr-namespace:MPF"> <Style x:Key="SystemKeyAnimations" TargetType="{x:Type Button}"> <Setter Property="Opacity" Value="0.5" /> <Setter Property="Background" Value="Transparent" /> <Style.Triggers> <EventTrigger RoutedEvent="Mouse.MouseEnter"> <BeginStoryboard> <Storyboard> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="00:00:00" Storyboard.TargetProperty="Opacity"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="00:00:00.2" Value="1.0" /> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </BeginStoryboard> </EventTrigger> <EventTrigger RoutedEvent="Mouse.MouseLeave"> <BeginStoryboard> <Storyboard> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="00:00:00" Storyboard.TargetProperty="Opacity"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="00:00:00.2" Value="0.5" /> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </BeginStoryboard> </EventTrigger> </Style.Triggers> </Style> <Style TargetType="{x:Type local:MWindow}"> <!-- Remove default frame appearance --> <Setter Property="WindowStyle" Value="None" /> <Setter Property="AllowsTransparency" Value="True" /> <Setter Property="Background" Value="Transparent" /> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate TargetType="{x:Type local:MWindow}"> <Border Background="{TemplateBinding Background}" BorderBrush="{TemplateBinding BorderBrush}" BorderThickness="{TemplateBinding BorderThickness}" x:Name="ChromeBorder"> <Grid> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="4" /> <ColumnDefinition /> <ColumnDefinition Width="4" /> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="4" /> <RowDefinition /> <RowDefinition Height="4" /> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Thumb Grid.Row="0" Grid.Column="1" x:Name="TopThumb" Cursor="SizeNS" BorderThickness="4" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="2" Grid.Column="1" x:Name="BottomThumb" Cursor="SizeNS" BorderThickness="4" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="1" Grid.Column="0" x:Name="LeftThumb" Cursor="SizeWE" BorderThickness="4" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="1" Grid.Column="2" x:Name="RightThumb" Cursor="SizeWE" BorderThickness="4" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="0" Grid.Column="0" x:Name="TopLeftThumb" Cursor="SizeNWSE" BorderThickness="5" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="0" Grid.Column="2" x:Name="TopRightThumb" Cursor="SizeNESW" BorderThickness="5" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="2" Grid.Column="0" x:Name="BottomLeftThumb" Cursor="SizeNESW" BorderThickness="5" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="2" Grid.Column="2" x:Name="BottomRightThumb" Cursor="SizeNWSE" BorderThickness="5" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Grid Grid.Row="1" Grid.Column="1"> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="20" /> <RowDefinition /> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Grid> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition /> <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" /> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal" Grid.Column="1"> <Button Command="local:WindowCommands.Minimize" Style="{StaticResource ResourceKey=SystemKeyAnimations}"> <Button.Template> <ControlTemplate> <Canvas Width="10" Height="10" Margin="5" Background="Transparent"> <Line X1="0" X2="10" Y1="5" Y2="5" Stroke="White" StrokeThickness="2" /> </Canvas> </ControlTemplate> </Button.Template> </Button> <Button Command="local:WindowCommands.Maximize" x:Name="MaximizeButton" Style="{StaticResource ResourceKey=SystemKeyAnimations}"> <Button.Template> <ControlTemplate> <Canvas Width="10" Height="10" Margin="5" Background="Transparent"> <Rectangle Width="10" Height="10" Stroke="White" StrokeThickness="2" /> </Canvas> </ControlTemplate> </Button.Template> </Button> <Button Command="ApplicationCommands.Close" Style="{StaticResource ResourceKey=SystemKeyAnimations}"> <Button.Template> <ControlTemplate> <Canvas Width="10" Height="10" Margin="5" Background="Transparent"> <Line X1="0" X2="10" Y1="0" Y2="10" Stroke="White" StrokeThickness="2" /> <Line X1="10" X2="0" Y1="0" Y2="10" Stroke="White" StrokeThickness="2" /> </Canvas> </ControlTemplate> </Button.Template> </Button> </StackPanel> <ContentControl x:Name="TitleContentControl"> <TextBlock Text="{TemplateBinding Title}" Foreground="DarkGray" Margin="5,0" /> </ContentControl> </Grid> <ContentPresenter Content="{TemplateBinding Content}" Grid.Row="1"> <ContentPresenter.Resources> <ResourceDictionary> <ResourceDictionary.MergedDictionaries> <ResourceDictionary Source="/MPF;component/Themes/resMWindowContent.xaml" /> </ResourceDictionary.MergedDictionaries> </ResourceDictionary> </ContentPresenter.Resources> </ContentPresenter> </Grid> </Grid> </Border> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style> </ResourceDictionary> As you can see during the ContentPresenter which gets the content of the window I merge in a dicrionary called resMWindowContent.xaml. The resMWindowContent.xaml looks as following: <ResourceDictionary xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:local="clr-namespace:MPF"> <ResourceDictionary.MergedDictionaries> <ResourceDictionary Source="/MPF;component/Themes/resMButton.xaml" /> </ResourceDictionary.MergedDictionaries> </ResourceDictionary> It simply merges in the resMButton.xaml dictionary (this is done because in the feature I will have MTextBox, mList... and I want to separate them). The resMButton.xaml looks as following: <ResourceDictionary xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:local="clr-namespace:MPF"> <Style TargetType="{x:Type Button}"> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate TargetType="{x:Type Button}"> <Grid Background="Transparent"> <Rectangle Stroke="{TemplateBinding BorderBrush}" StrokeThickness="{TemplateBinding BorderThickness}" Fill="{TemplateBinding Background}" /> <ContentPresenter Content="{TemplateBinding Content}" Margin="3" /> </Grid> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style> </ResourceDictionary> A simple template drawing a square button. However, it isn't applied at all. My buttons remain normal, and I don't understand what I'm doing wrong. I just want every button inside the MWindow to get a special style (and in time every textbox and so forth). How do I achieve this? One note though: It's important that the styles doesn't apply to elements outside an MWindow.

  Read the article

• How do I send automated e-mails from Drupal using Messaging and Notifications?

  - by Adrian

  I am working on a Notifications plugin, and after starting to write my notes down about how to do this, decided to just post them here. Please feel free to come make modifications and changes. Eventually I hope to post this on the Drupal handbook as well. Thanks. --Adrian Sending automated e-mails from Drupal using Messaging and Notifications To implement a notifications plugin, you must implement the following functions: Use hook_messaging, hook_token_list and hook_token_values to create the messages that will be sent. Use hook_notifications to create the subscription types Add code to fire events (eg in hook_nodeapi) Add all UI elements to allow users to subscribe/unsubscribe Understanding Messaging The Messaging module is used to compose messages that can be delivered using various formats, such as simple mail, HTML mail, Twitter updates, etc. These formats are called "send methods." The backend details do not concern us here; what is important are the following concepts: TOKENS: tokens are provided by the "tokens" module. They allow you to write keywords in square brackets, [like-this], that can be replaced by any arbitrary value. Note: the token groups you create must match the keys you add to the $events-objects[$key] array. MESSAGE KEYS: A key is a part of a message, such as the greetings line. Keys can be different for each send method. For example, a plaintext mail's greeting might be "Hi, [user]," while an HTML greeing might be "Hi, [user]," and Twitter's might just be "[user-firstname]: ". Keys can have any arbitrary name. Keys are very simple and only have a machine-readable name and a user-readable description, the latter of which is only seen by admins. MESSAGE GROUPS: A group is a bunch of keys that often, but not always, might be used together to make up a complete message. For example, a generic group might include keys for a greeting, body, closing and footer. Groups can also be "subclassed" by selecting a "fallback" group that will supply any keys that are missing. Groups are also associated with modules; I'm not sure what these are used for. Understanding Notifications The Notifications module revolves around the following concepts: SUBSCRIPTIONS: Notifications plugins may define one or more types of subscriptions. For example, notifications_content defines subscriptions for: Threads (users are notified whenever a node or its comments change) Content types (users are notified whenever a node of a certain type is created or is changed) Users (users are notified whenever another user is changed) Subscriptions refer to both the user who's subscribed, how often they wish to be notified, the send method (for Messaging) and what's being subscribed to. This last part is defined in two steps. Firstly, a plugin defines several "subscription fields" (through a hook_notifications op of the same name), and secondly, "subscription types" (also an op) defines which fields apply to each type of subscription. For example, notifications_content defines the fields "nid," "author" and "type," and the subscriptions "thread" (nid), "nodetype" (type), "author" (author) and "typeauthor" (type and author), the latter referring to something like "any STORY by JOE." Fields are used to link events to subscriptions; an event must match all fields of a subscription (for all normal subscriptions) to be delivered to the recipient. The $subscriptions object is defined in subsequent sections. Notifications prefers that you don't create these objects yourself, preferring you to call the notifications_get_link() function to create a link that users may click on, but you can also use notifications_save_subscription and notifications_delete_subscription to do it yourself. EVENTS: An event is something that users may be notified about. Plugins create the $event object then call notifications_event($event). This either sends out notifications immediately, queues them to send out later, or both. Events include the type of thing that's changed (eg 'node', 'user'), the ID of the thing that's changed (eg $node-nid, $user-uid) and what's happened to it (eg 'create'). These are, respectively, $event-type, $event-oid (object ID) and $event-action. Warning: notifications_content_nodeapi also adds a $event-node field, referring to the node itself and not just $event-oid = $node-nid. This is not used anywhere in the core notifications module; however, when the $event is passed back to the 'query' op (see below), we assume the node is still present. Events do not refer to the user they will be referred to; instead, Notifications makes the connection between subscriptions and events, using the subscriptions' fields. MATCHING EVENTS TO SUBSCRIPTIONS: An event matches a subscription if it has the same type as the event (eg "node") and if the event matches all the correct fields. This second step is determined by the "query" hook op, which is called with the $event object as a parameter. The query op is responsible for giving Notifications a value for all the fields defined by the plugin. For example, notifications_content defines the 'nid', 'type' and 'author' fields, so its query op looks like this (ignore the case where $event_or_user = 'user' for now): $event_or_user = $arg0; $event_type = $arg1; $event_or_object = $arg2; if ($event_or_user == 'event' && $event_type == 'node' && ($node = $event_or_object->node) || $event_or_user == 'user' && $event_type == 'node' && ($node = $event_or_object)) { $query[]['fields'] = array( 'nid' => $node->nid, 'type' => $node->type, 'author' => $node->uid, ); return $query; After extracting the $node from the $event, we set $query[]['fields'] to a dictionary defining, for this event, all the fields defined by the module. As you can tell from the presence of the $query object, there's way more you can do with this op, but they are not covered here. DIGESTING AND DEDUPING: Understanding the relationship between Messaging and Notifications Usually, the name of a message group doesn't matter, but when being used with Notifications, the names must follow very strict patterns. Firstly, they must start with the name "notifications," and then are followed by either "event" or "digest," depending on whether the message group is being used to represent either a single event or a group of events. For 'events,' the third part of the name is the "type," which we get from Notification's $event-type (eg: notifications_content uses 'node'). The last part of the name is the operation being performed, which comes from Notification's $event-action. For example: notifications-event-node-comment might refer to the message group used when someone comments on a node notifications-event-user-update to a user who's updated their profile Hyphens cannot appear anywhere other than to separate the parts of these words. For 'digest' messages, the third and fourth part of the name come from hook_notification's "event types" callback, specifically this line: $types[] = array( 'type' => 'node', 'action' => 'insert', ... 'digest' => array('node', 'type'), ); $types[] = array( 'type' => 'node', 'action' => 'update', ... 'digest' => array('node', 'nid'), ); In this case, the first event type (node insertion) will be digested with the notifications-digest-node-type message template providing the header and footer, likely saying something like "the following [type] was created." The second event type (node update) will be digested with the notifications-digest-node-nid message template. Data Structure and Callback Reference $event The $event object has the following members: $event-type: The type of event. Must match the type in hook_notification::"event types". {notifications_event} $event-action: The action the event describes. Most events are sorted by [$event-type][$event-action]. {notifications_event}. $event-object[$object_type]: All objects relevant to the event. For example, $event-object['node'] might be the node that the event describes. $object_type can come from the 'event types' hook (see below). The main purpose appears to be to be passed to token_replace_multiple as the second parameter. $event-object[$event-type] is assumed to exist in the short digest processing functions, but this doesn't appear to be used anywhere. Not saved in the database; loaded by hook_notifications::"event load" $event-oid: apparently unused. The id of the primary object relevant to this event (eg the node's nid). $event-module: apparently unused $event-params[$key]: Mainly a place for plugins to save random data. The main module will serialize the contents of this array but does not use it in any way. However, notifications_ui appears to do something weird with it, possibly by using subscriptions' fields as keys into this array. I'm not sure why though. hook_notifications op 'subscription types': returns an array of subscription types provided by the plugin, in the form $key = array(...) with the following members: event_type: this subscription can only match events whose $event-type has this value. Stored in the database as notifications.event_type for every individual subscription. Apparently, this can be overiden in code but I wouldn't try it (see notifications_save_subscription). fields: an unkeyed array of fields that must be matched by an event (in addition to the event_type) for it to match this subscription. Each element of this array must be a key of the array returned by op 'subscription fields' which in turn must be used by op 'query' to actually perform the matching. title: user-readable title for their subscriptions page (eg the 'type' column in user/%uid/notifications/subscriptions) description: a user-readable description. page callback: used to add a supplementary page at user/%uid/notifications/blah. This and the following are used by notifications_ui as a part of hook_menu_alter. Appears to be partially deprecated. user page: user/%uid/notifications/blah. op 'event types': returns an array of event types, with each event type being an array with the following members: type: this will match $event-type action: this will match $event-action digest: an array with two ordered (non-keyed) elements, "type" and "field." 'type' is used as an index into $event-objects. 'field' is also used to group events like so: $event-objects[$type]-$field. For example, 'field' might be 'nid' - if the object is a node, the digest lines will be grouped by node ID. Finally, both are used to find the correct Messaging template; see discussion above. description: used on the admin "Notifications-Events" page name: unused, use Messaging instead line: deprecated, use Messaging instead Other Stuff This is an example of the main query that inserts an event into the queue: INSERT INTO {notifications_queue} (uid, destination, sid, module, eid, send_interval, send_method, cron, created, conditions) SELECT DISTINCT s.uid, s.destination, s.sid, s.module, %d, // event ID s.send_interval, s.send_method, s.cron, %d, // time of the event s.conditions FROM {notifications} s INNER JOIN {notifications_fields} f ON s.sid = f.sid WHERE (s.status = 1) AND (s.event_type = '%s') // subscription type AND (s.send_interval >= 0) AND (s.uid <> %d) AND ( (f.field = '%s' AND f.intval IN (%d)) // everything from 'query' op OR (f.field = '%s' AND f.intval = %d) OR (f.field = '%s' AND f.value = '%s') OR (f.field = '%s' AND f.intval = %d)) GROUP BY s.uid, s.destination, s.sid, s.module, s.send_interval, s.send_method, s.cron, s.conditions HAVING s.conditions = count(f.sid)

  Read the article

• How to recursively delete some xml elements using XSLT

  - by Monomachus

  Hi, So I got this situation which sucks. I have an XML like this <table border="1" cols="200 100pt 200"> <tr> <td>isbn</td> <td>title</td> <td>price</td> </tr> <tr> <td /> <td /> <td> <span type="champsimple" id="9b297fb5-d12b-46b1-8899-487a2df0104e" categorieid="a1c70692-0427-425b-983c-1a08b6585364" champcoderef="01f12b93-b4c5-401b-9da1-c9385d77e43f"> [prénom] </span> <span type="champsimple" id="e103a6a5-d1be-4c34-8a54-d234179fb4ea" categorieid="a1c70692-0427-425b-983c-1a08b6585364" champcoderef="01f12b93-b4c5-401b-9da1-c9385d77e43f">[nom]</span> <span></span> </td> </tr> <tr></tr> <tr> <td></td> <td>Phill It in</td> </tr> <tr> <table id="cas1"> <tr> <td ></td> <td >foo</td> </tr> <tr> <td >bar</td> <td >boo</td> </tr> </table> </tr> <tr> <table id="cas2"> <tr> <td ></td> <td >foo</td> </tr> <tr> <td ></td> <td >boo</td> </tr> </table> </tr> <tr> <table id="cas3"> <tr> <td >bar</td> <td ></td> </tr> <tr> <td >foo</td> <td >boo</td> </tr> </table> </tr> <tr> <table id="cas4"> <tr> <td /> <td /> </tr> <tr> <td>foo</td> <td>boo</td> </tr> </table> </tr> <table id="cas4"> <tr> <td /> <td /> </tr> <tr> <td>foo</td> <td>boo</td> </tr> </table> <tr> <td /> <td /> </tr> </table> Now the question is how would I recursively delete all empty td, tr and table elements? Now I use this XSLT <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"> <xsl:output omit-xml-declaration="yes" indent="yes"/> <xsl:strip-space elements="*" /> <xsl:template match="node()|@*"> <xsl:copy> <xsl:apply-templates select="node()|@*"/> </xsl:copy> </xsl:template> <xsl:template match="td[not(node())]" /> <xsl:template match="tr[not(node())]" /> <xsl:template match="table[not(node())]" /> </xsl:stylesheet> But it doesn't do very well. After I delete td, a tr becomes empty but it doesn't handle that. Too bad. See the table element with "cas4". <table border="1" cols="200 100pt 200"> <tr> <td>isbn</td> <td>title</td> <td>price</td> </tr> <tr> <td> <span type="champsimple" id="9b297fb5-d12b-46b1-8899-487a2df0104e" categorieid="a1c70692-0427-425b-983c-1a08b6585364" champcoderef="01f12b93-b4c5-401b-9da1-c9385d77e43f"> [prénom] </span> <span type="champsimple" id="e103a6a5-d1be-4c34-8a54-d234179fb4ea" categorieid="a1c70692-0427-425b-983c-1a08b6585364" champcoderef="01f12b93-b4c5-401b-9da1-c9385d77e43f">[nom]</span> <span /> </td> </tr> <tr> <td>Phill It in</td> </tr> <tr> <table id="cas1"> <tr> <td>foo</td> </tr> <tr> <td>bar</td> <td>boo</td> </tr> </table> </tr> <tr> <table id="cas2"> <tr> <td>foo</td> </tr> <tr> <td>boo</td> </tr> </table> </tr> <tr> <table id="cas3"> <tr> <td>bar</td> </tr> <tr> <td>foo</td> <td>boo</td> </tr> </table> </tr> <tr> <table id="cas4"> <tr /> <tr> <td>foo</td> <td>boo</td> </tr> </table> </tr> <table id="cas4"> <tr /> <tr> <td>foo</td> <td>boo</td> </tr> </table> <tr /> </table> How would you solve this problem?

  Read the article

• How to call a new thread from button click

  - by Lynnooi

  Hi, I'm trying to call a thread on a button click (btn_more) but i cant get it right. The thread is to get some data and update the images. The problem i have is if i only update 4 or 5 images then it works fine. But if i load more than 5 images i will get a force close. At times when the internet is slow I will face the same problem too. Can please help me to solve this problem or provide me some guidance? Here is the error i got from LogCat: 04-19 18:51:44.907: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1034): Uncaught handler: thread main exiting due to uncaught exception 04-19 18:51:44.927: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1034): java.lang.NullPointerException 04-19 18:51:44.927: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1034): at mobile9.android.gallery.GalleryWallpapers.setWallpaperThumb(GalleryWallpapers.java:383) 04-19 18:51:44.927: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1034): at mobile9.android.gallery.GalleryWallpapers.access$4(GalleryWallpapers.java:320) 04-19 18:51:44.927: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1034): at mobile9.android.gallery.GalleryWallpapers$1.handleMessage(GalleryWallpapers.java:266) 04-19 18:51:44.927: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1034): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 04-19 18:51:44.927: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1034): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:123) 04-19 18:51:44.927: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1034): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4310) 04-19 18:51:44.927: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1034): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 04-19 18:51:44.927: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1034): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:521) 04-19 18:51:44.927: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1034): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:860) 04-19 18:51:44.927: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1034): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:618) 04-19 18:51:44.927: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1034): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) My Code: public class GalleryWallpapers extends Activity implements Runnable { public static String MODEL = android.os.Build.MODEL ; private static final String rootURL = "http://www.uploadhub.com/mobile9/gallery/c/"; private int wallpapers_count = 0; private int ringtones_count = 0; private int index = 0; private int folder_id; private int page; private int page_counter = 1; private String family; private String keyword; private String xmlURL = ""; private String thread_op = "xml"; private ImageButton btn_back; private ImageButton btn_home; private ImageButton btn_filter; private ImageButton btn_search; private TextView btn_more; private ProgressDialog pd; GalleryExampleHandler myExampleHandler = new GalleryExampleHandler(); Context context = GalleryWallpapers.this.getBaseContext(); Drawable image; @Override public void onCreate(Bundle savedInstanceState) { super.onCreate(savedInstanceState); MODEL = "HTC Legend"; // **needs to be remove after testing** try { MODEL = URLEncoder.encode(MODEL,"UTF-8"); } catch (UnsupportedEncodingException e) { // TODO Auto-generated catch block e.printStackTrace(); } requestWindowFeature(Window.FEATURE_NO_TITLE); setContentView(R.layout.gallerywallpapers); Bundle b = this.getIntent().getExtras(); family = b.getString("fm").trim(); folder_id = Integer.parseInt(b.getString("fi")); keyword = b.getString("kw").trim(); page = Integer.parseInt(b.getString("page").trim()); WindowManager w = getWindowManager(); Display d = w.getDefaultDisplay(); final int width = d.getWidth(); final int height = d.getHeight(); xmlURL = rootURL + "wallpapers/1/?output=rss&afm=wallpapers&mdl=" + MODEL + "&awd=" + width + "&aht=" + height; if (folder_id > 0) { xmlURL = xmlURL + "&fi=" + folder_id; } pd = ProgressDialog.show(GalleryWallpapers.this, "", "Loading...", true, false); Thread thread = new Thread(GalleryWallpapers.this); thread.start(); btn_more = (TextView) findViewById(R.id.btn_more); btn_more.setOnClickListener(new View.OnClickListener() { public void onClick(View view) { myExampleHandler.filenames.clear(); myExampleHandler.authors.clear(); myExampleHandler.duration.clear(); myExampleHandler.fileid.clear(); btn_more.setBackgroundResource(R.drawable.btn_more_click); page = page + 1; thread_op = "xml"; xmlURL = rootURL + "wallpapers/1/?output=rss&afm=wallpapers&mdl=" + MODEL + "&awd=" + width + "&aht=" + height; xmlURL = xmlURL + "&pg2=" + page; index = 0; pd = ProgressDialog.show(GalleryWallpapers.this, "", "Loading...", true, false); Thread thread = new Thread(GalleryWallpapers.this); thread.start(); } }); } public void run() { if(thread_op.equalsIgnoreCase("xml")){ readXML(); } else if(thread_op.equalsIgnoreCase("getImg")){ getWallpaperThumb(); } handler.sendEmptyMessage(0); } private Handler handler = new Handler() { @Override public void handleMessage(Message msg) { int count = 0; if (!myExampleHandler.filenames.isEmpty()){ count = myExampleHandler.filenames.size(); } count = 6; if(thread_op.equalsIgnoreCase("xml")){ pd.dismiss(); thread_op = "getImg"; btn_more.setBackgroundResource(R.drawable.btn_more); } else if(thread_op.equalsIgnoreCase("getImg")){ setWallpaperThumb(); index++; if (index < count){ Thread thread = new Thread(GalleryWallpapers.this); thread.start(); } } } }; private void readXML(){ if (xmlURL.length() != 0) { try { /* Create a URL we want to load some xml-data from. */ URL url = new URL(xmlURL); /* Get a SAXParser from the SAXPArserFactory. */ SAXParserFactory spf = SAXParserFactory.newInstance(); SAXParser sp = spf.newSAXParser(); /* Get the XMLReader of the SAXParser we created. */ XMLReader xr = sp.getXMLReader(); /* * Create a new ContentHandler and apply it to the * XML-Reader */ xr.setContentHandler(myExampleHandler); /* Parse the xml-data from our URL. */ xr.parse(new InputSource(url.openStream())); /* Parsing has finished. */ /* * Our ExampleHandler now provides the parsed data to * us. */ ParsedExampleDataSet parsedExampleDataSet = myExampleHandler .getParsedData(); } catch (Exception e) { //showDialog(DIALOG_SEND_LOG); } } } private void getWallpaperThumb(){ int i = this.index; if (!myExampleHandler.filenames.elementAt(i).toString().equalsIgnoreCase("")){ image = ImageOperations(context, myExampleHandler.thumbs.elementAt(i).toString(), "image.jpg"); } } private void setWallpaperThumb(){ int i = this.index; if (myExampleHandler.filenames.elementAt(i).toString() != null) { String file_info = myExampleHandler.filenames.elementAt(i).toString(); String author = "\nby " + myExampleHandler.authors.elementAt(i).toString(); final String folder = myExampleHandler.folder_id.elementAt(folder_id).toString(); final String fid = myExampleHandler.fileid.elementAt(i).toString(); ImageView imgView = new ImageView(context); TextView tv_filename = null; TextView tv_author = null; switch (i + 1) { case 1: imgView = (ImageView) findViewById(R.id.image1); tv_filename = (TextView) findViewById(R.id.filename1); tv_author = (TextView) findViewById(R.id.author1); break; case 2: imgView = (ImageView) findViewById(R.id.image2); tv_filename = (TextView) findViewById(R.id.filename2); tv_author = (TextView) findViewById(R.id.author2); break; case 3: imgView = (ImageView) findViewById(R.id.image3); tv_filename = (TextView) findViewById(R.id.filename3); tv_author = (TextView) findViewById(R.id.author3); break; case 4: . . . . . case 10: imgView = (ImageView) findViewById(R.id.image10); tv_filename = (TextView) findViewById(R.id.filename10); tv_author = (TextView) findViewById(R.id.author10); break; } if (image.getIntrinsicHeight() > 0) { imgView.setImageDrawable(image); } else { imgView.setImageResource(R.drawable.default_wallpaper); } tv_filename.setText(file_info); tv_author.setText(author); imgView.setOnClickListener(new View.OnClickListener() { public void onClick(View view) { // Perform action on click } }); } } private Drawable ImageOperations(Context ctx, String url, String saveFilename) { try { InputStream is = (InputStream) this.fetch(url); Drawable d = Drawable.createFromStream(is, "src"); return d; } catch (MalformedURLException e) { e.printStackTrace(); return null; } catch (IOException e) { e.printStackTrace(); return null; } } }

  Read the article

• CSS Menus having cross browser problems

  - by George

  I am trying to solve a problem with a CSS menu where the menu does not display properly in IE 6 I see that the HTML has some conditional code to make it work with different browsers but I do not understand it well enough. Can someone suggest a fix so the selected tab in order displayed without the grey breaK? Thanks! #pad { height: 140px; } .dropline { position: relative; padding-bottom: 0px; list-style-type: none; margin: 0px 0px 0px 5px; padding-left: 0px; width: 860px; padding-right: 0px; background: url(../images/menus/ulback.gif) repeat-x; height: 40px; top: 0px; list-style-image: none; padding-top: 0px; left: 5px; } .dropline TABLE { margin: -3px -10px; width: 25px; border-collapse: collapse; height: 17px; } .dropline LI { margin-bottom: 0px; float: left; } .dropline LI A { padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 40px; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 19px; display: block; font-family: tahoma, sans-serif; float: left; height: 40px; color: #fff; font-size: 12px; text-decoration: none; padding-top: 0px; } .dropline A { text-align: right; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 40px; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 19px; font-family: tahoma, sans-serif; float: right; height: 40px; color: #fff; font-size: 12px; text-decoration: none; padding-top: 0px; } .dropline A:hover { color: yellow; } .welcomeuser { text-align: right; padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 40px; padding-left: 20px; padding-right: 0px; font-family: tahoma, sans-serif; float: right; height: 40px; color: #fff; clear: inherit; font-size: 12px; text-decoration: none; padding-top: 0px; } .dropline LI A B { padding-bottom: 0px; padding-left: 20px; padding-right: 0px; display: block; float: left; height: 40px; cursor: pointer; padding-top: 0px; } .dropline UL { z-index: 10; border-bottom: #fff 1px solid; position: absolute; padding-bottom: 0px; list-style-type: none; margin: 0px; padding-left: 0px; width: 860px; padding-right: 0px; background: #f8f8f8; height: 25px; border-top: #ff9933 3px solid; top: 40px; list-style-image: none; padding-top: 0px; left: -9999px; } .dropline UL LI { line-height: 25px; height: 25px; } .dropline UL.right LI { float: right; } .dropline UL LI A { padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 25px; padding-left: 10px; padding-right: 10px; height: 25px; color: #000; font-size: 11px; font-weight: bold; border-right: #e60 1px solid; padding-top: 0px; } .dropline UL LI A:hover { line-height: 25px; background: none transparent scroll repeat 0% 0%; height: 25px; color: #c60; } .dropline UL.right LI A { border-left: #e60 1px solid; border-right: 0px; } .dropline UL LI A.last { border-bottom: 0px; border-left: 0px; border-top: 0px; border-right: 0px; } .dropline :hover UL { left: 0px; } .dropline LI.current UL { z-index: 1; left: 0px; } .dropline LI.current A { line-height: 36px; background: url(../images/menus/tab_a.gif) no-repeat right top; height: 44px; } .dropline LI.current A B { line-height: 36px; background: url(../images/menus/tab_b.gif) no-repeat left top; } .dropline LI.current UL LI A { padding-bottom: 0px; line-height: 25px; padding-left: 10px; padding-right: 10px; background: none transparent scroll repeat 0% 0%; height: 25px; color: #000; padding-top: 0px; } .dropline LI.current UL LI.current_sub A { color: #c60; } .dropline LI.current UL LI A:hover { color: #c60; } <div id="top_nav"> <asp:ContentPlaceHolder ID="phTopNav" runat="server"> <!-- MENU --> <ul id="dropline" class="dropline" runat="server" style="left: -6px; top: -2px; width:1000px;" clientidmode="Static"> <li runat="server" id="Home"> <a runat="server" id="lnkHome" href="../Default.aspx" title="Go to the Home page"><b>Home</b> <!--[if gte IE 7]><!--></a> <!--<![endif]--> <!--[if lte IE 6]> <table> <tr> <td> <![endif]--><!--[if lte IE 6]> </td> </tr> </table> </a><![endif]--> </li> <li runat="server" id="ApplyNow"> <a runat="server" id="lnkEditOrder" href="../OrderChinaVisa.aspx" title="Use our Price Calculator and simultaneously begin the China Visa application process!"><b>Apply Now!</b> <!--[if gte IE 7]><!--></a> <!--<![endif]--> <!--[if lte IE 6]> <table> <tr> <td> <![endif]--><!--[if lte IE 6]> </td> </tr> </table> </a><![endif]--> </li> <li runat="server" id="CheckStatus"> <a id="lnkCheckStatus" runat="server" href="../Check_Status.aspx" title="Check on the status of a placed order"><b>Check Status</b><!--[if gte IE 7]><!--></a><!--<![endif]--> <!--[if lte IE 6]> <table> <tr> <td> <![endif]--><!--[if lte IE 6]> </td> </tr> </table> </a><![endif]--></li> <li runat="server" id="Affiliate"> <a id="lnkAffiliate" runat="server" href="../Secure/VisaActivity.aspx" title=""><b>Affiliate</b><!--[if gte IE 7]><!--></a><!--<![endif]--> <!--[if lte IE 6]> <table> <tr> <td> <![endif]--><!--[if lte IE 6]> </td> </tr> </table> </a><![endif]--></li> </ul> </asp:ContentPlaceHolder> </div>

  Read the article

• Google Maps API v3 - Different markers/labels on different zoom levels

  - by krikara

  I was wondering if it is possible that Google has a feature to view different markers on different zoom levels. For example, on zoom level 1, I want one marker over China with the label saying "5". And as the user zooms in, lets say on zoom level 4, I want the previous marker and label to disappear. And I want to have 5 new markers/labels, each on a different city in China all saying "1". Thus China will say a number and all the cities in China will say numbers adding up to China's number. The key concept I am trying to figure out here is how to hide markers and labels based on zoom levels. A constraint for me is that I am living in China currently where google is censored, so a lot of online documents are censored for me, including many of google's documentations. Here is my code thus far <!DOCTYPE html> <html> <head> <meta name="viewport" content="initial-scale=1.0, user-scalable=no" /> <title>TM China</title> <style type="text/css"> html, body, #map_canvas { margin: 0; padding: 0; height: 100% } .labels { color: red; background-color: white; font-family: "Lucida Grande", "Arial", sans-serif; font-size: 10px; font-weight: bold; text-align: center; width: 60px; border: 2px solid black; white-space: nowrap; } </style> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://maps.googleapis.com/maps/api/js?key=AIzaSyDV0lcdK7C2GHbQAmdkBID70Uppuf-D030&sensor=true"> </script> <script type="text/javascript"> eval(function(p,a,c,k,e,r){e=function(c){return(c<a?'':e(parseInt(c/a)))+((c=c%a)>35?String.fromCharCode(c+29):c.toString(36))};if(!''.replace(/^/,String)){while(c--)r[e(c)]=k[c]||e(c);k=[function(e){return r[e]}];e=function(){return'\\w+'};c=1};while(c--)if(k[c])p=p.replace(new RegExp('\\b'+e(c)+'\\b','g'),k[c]);return p}('7 m(a){2.3=a;2.8=V.1E("1u");2.8.4.C="I: 1m; J: 1g;";2.k=V.1E("1u");2.k.4.C=2.8.4.C}m.l=E 6.5.22();m.l.1Y=7(){n c=2;n h=t;n f=t;n j;n b;n d,K;n i;n g=7(e){p(e.1v){e.1v()}e.2b=u;p(e.1t){e.1t()}};2.1s().24.G(2.8);2.1s().20.G(2.k);2.11=[6.5.9.w(V,"1o",7(a){p(f){a.s=j;i=u;6.5.9.r(c.3,"1n",a)}h=t;6.5.9.r(c.3,"1o",a)}),6.5.9.o(c.3.1P(),"1N",7(a){p(h&&c.3.1M()){a.s=E 6.5.1J(a.s.U()-d,a.s.T()-K);j=a.s;p(f){6.5.9.r(c.3,"1i",a)}F{d=a.s.U()-c.3.Z().U();K=a.s.T()-c.3.Z().T();6.5.9.r(c.3,"1e",a)}}}),6.5.9.w(2.k,"1d",7(e){c.k.4.1c="2i";6.5.9.r(c.3,"1d",e)}),6.5.9.w(2.k,"1D",7(e){c.k.4.1c=c.3.2g();6.5.9.r(c.3,"1D",e)}),6.5.9.w(2.k,"1C",7(e){p(i){i=t}F{g(e);6.5.9.r(c.3,"1C",e)}}),6.5.9.w(2.k,"1A",7(e){g(e);6.5.9.r(c.3,"1A",e)}),6.5.9.w(2.k,"1z",7(e){h=u;f=t;d=0;K=0;g(e);6.5.9.r(c.3,"1z",e)}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"1e",7(a){f=u;b=c.3.1b()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"1i",7(a){c.3.O(a.s);c.3.D(2a)}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"1n",7(a){f=t;c.3.D(b)}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"29",7(){c.O()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"28",7(){c.D()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"27",7(){c.N()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"26",7(){c.N()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"25",7(){c.16()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"23",7(){c.15()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"21",7(){c.13()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"1Z",7(){c.L()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"1X",7(){c.L()})]};m.l.1W=7(){n i;2.8.1r.1q(2.8);2.k.1r.1q(2.k);1p(i=0;i<2.11.1V;i++){6.5.9.1U(2.11[i])}};m.l.1T=7(){2.15();2.16();2.L()};m.l.15=7(){n a=2.3.z("Y");p(H a.1S==="P"){2.8.W=a;2.k.W=2.8.W}F{2.8.G(a);a=a.1R(u);2.k.G(a)}};m.l.16=7(){2.k.1Q=2.3.1O()||""};m.l.L=7(){n i,q;2.8.S=2.3.z("R");2.k.S=2.8.S;2.8.4.C="";2.k.4.C="";q=2.3.z("q");1p(i 1L q){p(q.1K(i)){2.8.4[i]=q[i];2.k.4[i]=q[i]}}2.1l()};m.l.1l=7(){2.8.4.I="1m";2.8.4.J="1g";p(H 2.8.4.B!=="P"){2.8.4.1k="1j(B="+(2.8.4.B*1I)+")"}2.k.4.I=2.8.4.I;2.k.4.J=2.8.4.J;2.k.4.B=0.1H;2.k.4.1k="1j(B=1)";2.13();2.O();2.N()};m.l.13=7(){n a=2.3.z("X");2.8.4.1h=-a.x+"v";2.8.4.1f=-a.y+"v";2.k.4.1h=-a.x+"v";2.k.4.1f=-a.y+"v"};m.l.O=7(){n a=2.1G().1F(2.3.Z());2.8.4.12=a.x+"v";2.8.4.M=a.y+"v";2.k.4.12=2.8.4.12;2.k.4.M=2.8.4.M;2.D()};m.l.D=7(){n a=(2.3.z("14")?-1:+1);p(H 2.3.1b()==="P"){2.8.4.A=2h(2.8.4.M,10)+a;2.k.4.A=2.8.4.A}F{2.8.4.A=2.3.1b()+a;2.k.4.A=2.8.4.A}};m.l.N=7(){p(2.3.z("1a")){2.8.4.Q=2.3.2f()?"2e":"1B"}F{2.8.4.Q="1B"}2.k.4.Q=2.8.4.Q};7 19(a){a=a||{};a.Y=a.Y||"";a.X=a.X||E 6.5.2d(0,0);a.R=a.R||"2c";a.q=a.q||{};a.14=a.14||t;p(H a.1a==="P"){a.1a=u}2.1y=E m(2);6.5.18.1x(2,1w)}19.l=E 6.5.18();19.l.17=7(a){6.5.18.l.17.1x(2,1w);2.1y.17(a)};',62,143,'||this|marker_|style|maps|google|function|labelDiv_|event|||||||||||eventDiv_|prototype|MarkerLabel_|var|addListener|if|labelStyle|trigger|latLng|false|true|px|addDomListener|||get|zIndex|opacity|cssText|setZIndex|new|else|appendChild|typeof|position|overflow|cLngOffset|setStyles|top|setVisible|setPosition|undefined|display|labelClass|className|lng|lat|document|innerHTML|labelAnchor|labelContent|getPosition||listeners_|left|setAnchor|labelInBackground|setContent|setTitle|setMap|Marker|MarkerWithLabel|labelVisible|getZIndex|cursor|mouseover|dragstart|marginTop|hidden|marginLeft|drag|alpha|filter|setMandatoryStyles|absolute|dragend|mouseup|for|removeChild|parentNode|getPanes|stopPropagation|div|preventDefault|arguments|apply|label|mousedown|dblclick|none|click|mouseout|createElement|fromLatLngToDivPixel|getProjection|01|100|LatLng|hasOwnProperty|in|getDraggable|mousemove|getTitle|getMap|title|cloneNode|nodeType|draw|removeListener|length|onRemove|labelstyle_changed|onAdd|labelclass_changed|overlayMouseTarget|labelanchor_changed|OverlayView|labelcontent_changed|overlayImage|title_changed|labelvisible_changed|visible_changed|zindex_changed|position_changed|1000000|cancelBubble|markerLabels|Point|block|getVisible|getCursor|parseInt|pointer'.split('|'),0,{})) var map; var mapOptions = { center: new google.maps.LatLng(35, 105), zoom: 3, mapTypeId: google.maps.MapTypeId.ROADMAP }; var locations = [ ['Hong Kong', 22.39, 114.10, 1885], ['Shanghai', 31.232, 121.47, 5885], ['Beijing', 39.88, 116.40, 6426], ['Guangzhou', 23.129, 113.264, 4067], ['Shenzhen', 22.54, 114.05, 3089], ['Hangzhou', 30.27, 120.15, 954] ]; var infowindow = new google.maps.InfoWindow(); var i; /* for (i = 0; i < locations.length; i++) { marker = new google.maps.Marker({ position: new google.maps.LatLng(locations[i][1], locations[i][2]), map: map }); google.maps.event.addListener(marker, 'click', (function(marker, i) { return function() { infowindow.setContent(locations[i][0]); infowindow.open(map, marker); } })(marker, i)); } */ function myMarker(options) { if(!options.labelAnchor) { options.labelAnchor = new google.maps.Point(30, 50); } if(!options.labelClass) { options.labelClass = "labels"; } options.map = map; return new MarkerWithLabel(options); } function initialize() { map = new google.maps.Map(document.getElementById("map_canvas"), mapOptions); for (i = 0; i < locations.length; i++) { var marker = new MarkerWithLabel({ position: new google.maps.LatLng(locations[i][1], locations[i][2]), draggable: false, map: map, labelContent: locations[i][3], labelAnchor: new google.maps.Point(30, 0), labelClass: "labels", // the CSS class for the label labelStyle: {opacity: 0.75} }); } /* var marker2 = new myMarker({ position: new google.maps.LatLng(20,20), draggable: true, labelContent: "second" }); */ } google.maps.event.addDomListener(window, 'load', initialize); </script> </head> <body onload="initialize()"> <div id="map_canvas" style="width:85%; height:85%"></div> <script type="text/javascript"> </script> </body> </html> EDIT I have been trying to experiment with the MarkerManager, but I can't get the markers to create successfully on different zoom levels. First, I changed my default zoom level to 1, and then I changed my code to what is shown below. function initialize() { map = new google.maps.Map(document.getElementById("map_canvas"), mapOptions); /* for (i = 0; i < locations.length; i++) { var marker = new MarkerWithLabel({ position: new google.maps.LatLng(locations[i][1], locations[i][2]), draggable: false, map: map, labelContent: locations[i][3], labelAnchor: new google.maps.Point(30, 0), labelClass: "labels", // the CSS class for the label labelStyle: {opacity: 0.75} }); } */ var listener = google.maps.event.addListener(map, 'bounds_changed', function(){ setupMarkers(); google.maps.event.removeListener(listener); }); } function createCityMarkers() { for (i = 0; i < locations.length; i++) { var marker = new MarkerWithLabel({ position: new google.maps.LatLng(locations[i][1], locations[i][2]), draggable: false, map: map, labelContent: locations[i][3], labelAnchor: new google.maps.Point(30, 0), labelClass: "labels", // the CSS class for the label labelStyle: {opacity: 0.75} }); } } function setupMarkers() { mgr = new MarkerManager(map); google.maps.event.addListener(mgr, 'loaded', function(){ mgr.addMarkers(createCityMarkers(), 4); mgr.refresh(); }); } I have also tried applying the source code of this link as well, but nothing is working out. And when I copy the source code directly to my computer and replace all the icons with markers, the markers still don't appear. I can't seem to figure how to make markers appear using the marker Manager. http://google-maps-utility-library-v3.googlecode.com/svn/tags/markermanager/1.0/examples/weather_map.html

  Read the article

• Silverlight MVVM Confusion: Updating Image Based on State

  - by senfo

  I'm developing a Silverlight application and I'm trying to stick to the MVVM principals, but I'm running into some problems changing the source of an image based on the state of a property in the ViewModel. For all intents and purposes, you can think of the functionality I'm implementing as a play/pause button for an audio app. When in the "Play" mode, IsActive is true in the ViewModel and the "Pause.png" image on the button should be displayed. When paused, IsActive is false in the ViewModel and "Play.png" is displayed on the button. Naturally, there are two additional images to handle when the mouse hovers over the button. I thought I could use a Style Trigger, but apparently they're not supported in Silverlight. I've been reviewing a forum post with a question similar to mine where it's suggested to use the VisualStateManager. While this might help with changing the image for hover/normal states, the part missing (or I'm not understanding) is how this would work with a state set via the view model. The post seems to apply only to events rather than properties of the view model. Having said that, I also haven't successfully completed the normal/hover affects, either. Below is my Silverlight 4 XAML. It should also probably be noted I'm working with MVVM Light. <UserControl x:Class="Foo.Bar.MyUserControl" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:d="http://schemas.microsoft.com/expression/blend/2008" xmlns:mc="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/markup-compatibility/2006" xmlns:i="clr-namespace:System.Windows.Interactivity;assembly=System.Windows.Interactivity" mc:Ignorable="d" d:DesignHeight="100" d:DesignWidth="200"> <UserControl.Resources> <Style x:Key="MyButtonStyle" TargetType="Button"> <Setter Property="IsEnabled" Value="true"/> <Setter Property="IsTabStop" Value="true"/> <Setter Property="Background" Value="#FFA9A9A9"/> <Setter Property="Foreground" Value="#FF000000"/> <Setter Property="MinWidth" Value="5"/> <Setter Property="MinHeight" Value="5"/> <Setter Property="Margin" Value="0"/> <Setter Property="HorizontalAlignment" Value="Left" /> <Setter Property="HorizontalContentAlignment" Value="Center"/> <Setter Property="VerticalAlignment" Value="Top" /> <Setter Property="VerticalContentAlignment" Value="Center"/> <Setter Property="Cursor" Value="Hand"/> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate TargetType="Button"> <Grid> <Image Source="/Foo.Bar;component/Resources/Icons/Bar/Play.png"> <VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> <VisualStateGroup x:Name="Active"> <VisualState x:Name="MouseOver"> <Storyboard> <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetProperty="Source" Storyboard.TargetName="/Foo.Bar;component/Resources/Icons/Bar/Play_Hover.png" /> </Storyboard> </VisualState> </VisualStateGroup> </VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> </Image> </Grid> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style> </UserControl.Resources> <Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" Background="White"> <Button Style="{StaticResource MyButtonStyle}" Command="{Binding ChangeStatus}" Height="30" Width="30" /> </Grid> </UserControl> What is the proper way to update images on buttons with the state determined by the view model? Update I changed my Button to a ToggleButton hoping I could use the Checked state to differentiate between play/pause. I practically have it, but I ran into one additional problem. I need to account for two states at the same time. For example, Checked Normal/Hover and Unchecked Normal/Hover. Following is my updated XAML: <UserControl x:Class="Foo.Bar.MyUserControl" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:d="http://schemas.microsoft.com/expression/blend/2008" xmlns:mc="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/markup-compatibility/2006" xmlns:i="clr-namespace:System.Windows.Interactivity;assembly=System.Windows.Interactivity" mc:Ignorable="d" d:DesignHeight="100" d:DesignWidth="200"> <UserControl.Resources> <Style x:Key="MyButtonStyle" TargetType="ToggleButton"> <Setter Property="IsEnabled" Value="true"/> <Setter Property="IsTabStop" Value="true"/> <Setter Property="Background" Value="#FFA9A9A9"/> <Setter Property="Foreground" Value="#FF000000"/> <Setter Property="MinWidth" Value="5"/> <Setter Property="MinHeight" Value="5"/> <Setter Property="Margin" Value="0"/> <Setter Property="HorizontalAlignment" Value="Left" /> <Setter Property="HorizontalContentAlignment" Value="Center"/> <Setter Property="VerticalAlignment" Value="Top" /> <Setter Property="VerticalContentAlignment" Value="Center"/> <Setter Property="Cursor" Value="Hand"/> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate TargetType="ToggleButton"> <Grid> <VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> <VisualStateGroup x:Name="CommonStates"> <VisualState x:Name="Normal"> <Storyboard> <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.Visibility)" Storyboard.TargetName="Pause"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame.Value> <Visibility>Collapsed</Visibility> </DiscreteObjectKeyFrame.Value> </DiscreteObjectKeyFrame> </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </VisualState> <VisualState x:Name="MouseOver"> <Storyboard> <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.Visibility)" Storyboard.TargetName="PlayHover"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame.Value> <Visibility>Visible</Visibility> </DiscreteObjectKeyFrame.Value> </DiscreteObjectKeyFrame> </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.Visibility)" Storyboard.TargetName="Play"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame.Value> <Visibility>Collapsed</Visibility> </DiscreteObjectKeyFrame.Value> </DiscreteObjectKeyFrame> </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </VisualState> </VisualStateGroup> <VisualStateGroup x:Name="CheckStates"> <VisualState x:Name="Checked"> <Storyboard> <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.Visibility)" Storyboard.TargetName="Pause"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame.Value> <Visibility>Visible</Visibility> </DiscreteObjectKeyFrame.Value> </DiscreteObjectKeyFrame> </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.Visibility)" Storyboard.TargetName="Play"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame.Value> <Visibility>Collapsed</Visibility> </DiscreteObjectKeyFrame.Value> </DiscreteObjectKeyFrame> </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.Visibility)" Storyboard.TargetName="PlayHover"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame.Value> <Visibility>Collapsed</Visibility> </DiscreteObjectKeyFrame.Value> </DiscreteObjectKeyFrame> </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </VisualState> <VisualState x:Name="Unchecked" /> </VisualStateGroup> </VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> <Image x:Name="Play" Source="/Foo.Bar;component/Resources/Icons/Bar/Play.png" /> <Image x:Name="Pause" Source="/Foo.Bar;component/Resources/Icons/Bar/Pause.png" Visibility="Collapsed" /> <Image x:Name="PlayHover" Source="/Foo.Bar;component/Resources/Icons/Bar/Play_Hover.png" Visibility="Collapsed" /> <Image x:Name="PauseHover" Source="/Foo.Bar;component/Resources/Icons/Bar/Pause_Hover.png" Visibility="Collapsed" /> </Grid> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style> </UserControl.Resources> <Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" Background="White"> <ToggleButton Style="{StaticResource MyButtonStyle}" IsChecked="{Binding IsPlaying}" Command="{Binding ChangeStatus}" Height="30" Width="30" /> </Grid> </UserControl>

  Read the article

• Android App crashing on Back Button (performResumeActivity)

  - by Rutger

  My App consists of 2 Activities at the moment. . the MAIN activity with a Gallery View . a FriendsListActivity with a ListView When the user moves away from the FriendsListActivity with the back button, and returns to the MAIN activity the following error keeps popping up in debug mode. DalvikVM[localhost:8676] Thread [<1 main] (Suspended (exception RuntimeException)) ActivityThread.performResumeActivity(IBinder, boolean) line: 2095 ActivityThread.handleResumeActivity(IBinder, boolean, boolean) line: 2110 BinderProxy(ActivityThread$H).handleMessage(Message) line: 954 ActivityThread$H(Handler).dispatchMessage(Message) line: 99 Looper.loop() line: 123 ActivityThread.main(String[]) line: 3647 Method.invokeNative(Object, Object[], Class, Class[], Class, int, boolean) line: not available [native method] Method.invoke(Object, Object...) line: 507 ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run() line: 839 ZygoteInit.main(String[]) line: 597 NativeStart.main(String[]) line: not available [native method] Thread [<8 Binder Thread #2] (Running) Thread [<7 Binder Thread #1] (Running) With the LogCat 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): java.lang.RuntimeException: Unable to resume activity {com.package.MAIN/com.package.MAIN.MAIN}: java.lang.NullPointerException 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at android.app.ActivityThread.performResumeActivity(ActivityThread.java:2095) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at android.app.ActivityThread.handleResumeActivity(ActivityThread.java:2110) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at android.app.ActivityThread$H.handleMessage(ActivityThread.java:954) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:123) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:3647) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): Caused by: java.lang.NullPointerException 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at com.package.MAIN.MAIN.onResume(MAIN.java:91) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at android.app.Instrumentation.callActivityOnResume(Instrumentation.java:1149) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at android.app.Activity.performResume(Activity.java:3833) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): at android.app.ActivityThread.performResumeActivity(ActivityThread.java:2085) 03-13 22:01:10.972: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(1038): ... 10 more Further info in the Variables panel states: this: ActivityThread e: NullPointerException cause: NullPointerException detailMessage: null stackTrace: null r: ActivityThread$ActivityClientRecord activity: MAIN detailMessage after one Eclipse Resume: Unable to resume activity (MAIN) The code from the FriendsListActivity looks like this public class FriendsListActivity extends ListActivity { // =========================================================== // Fields // =========================================================== private ArrayList<Friend> friends = new ArrayList<Friend>(); private FriendsArrayAdapter friendsArrayAdapter; private ListView listView; // =========================================================== // onCreate // =========================================================== @Override public void onCreate(Bundle savedInstanceState) { super.onCreate(savedInstanceState); requestWindowFeature(Window.FEATURE_NO_TITLE); setContentView(R.layout.friends_list); registerForContextMenu(getListView()); setButtonNewFriendClickListener(); } public void generateFriendsList() { FriendsService fs = new FriendsService(this); friends = fs.getFriendsList(); listView = (ListView) findViewById(android.R.id.list); friendsArrayAdapter = new FriendsArrayAdapter( this, R.layout.friend_list_item, friends); listView.setAdapter(friendsArrayAdapter); } @Override public void onCreateContextMenu(ContextMenu menu, View v, ContextMenuInfo menuInfo) { super.onCreateContextMenu(menu, v, menuInfo); MenuInflater inflater = getMenuInflater(); inflater.inflate(R.menu.friends_context_menu, menu); } @Override public boolean onContextItemSelected(MenuItem item) { AdapterContextMenuInfo info = (AdapterContextMenuInfo) item.getMenuInfo(); FriendsService fs = new FriendsService(this); Friend f = new Friend(); f = friends.get(info.position); switch (item.getItemId()) { case R.id.edit: Intent i = new Intent(this, FriendEditActivity.class); i.putExtra("userid", f.userId); startActivity(i); return true; case R.id.delete: fs.deleteFriend(f.userId); generateFriendsList(); return true; default: return super.onContextItemSelected(item); } } // =========================================================== // onPause // =========================================================== protected void onPause() { super.onPause(); finish(); } // =========================================================== // onResume // =========================================================== protected void onResume() { super.onResume(); generateFriendsList(); } // =========================================================== // onStop // =========================================================== protected void onStop() { super.onStop(); } // =========================================================== // onDestroy // =========================================================== @Override protected void onDestroy() { super.onDestroy(); } // =========================================================== // Activity methods // =========================================================== private void setButtonNewFriendClickListener() { Button clickButton = (Button)findViewById(R.id.button_add_friend); clickButton.setOnClickListener(new View.OnClickListener() { public void onClick(View v) { Intent i = new Intent(v.getContext(), FriendNewActivity.class); startActivity(i); } }); } The AndroidManifest looks like this <manifest xmlns:android="http://schemas.android.com/apk/res/android" android:versionCode="1" android:versionName="1.0" package="com.package.mypackage"> <uses-permission android:name="android.permission.CAMERA" /> <uses-permission android:name="android.permission.INTERNET" /> <uses-permission android:name="android.permission.WRITE_EXTERNAL_STORAGE" /> <application android:icon="@drawable/icon" android:label="@string/app_name"> <activity android:name="com.package.mypackage.mypackage" android:label="@string/app_name"> <intent-filter> <action android:name="android.intent.action.MAIN" /> <category android:name="android.intent.category.LAUNCHER" /> </intent-filter> </activity> <activity android:name=".FriendsListActivity"></activity> <activity android:name=".FriendEditActivity"></activity> <activity android:name=".FriendNewActivity"></activity> <activity android:name=".TakePictureActivity"></activity> <activity android:name=".FriendsService"></activity> <activity android:name=".MyService"></activity> </application> <uses-sdk android:minSdkVersion="9" /> The MAIN activity looks like this: package com.package.mypackage; import java.util.ArrayList; import com.package.domain.Domain; import com.package.service.MyService; import com.package.viewadapter.myImageAdapter; import android.app.Activity; import android.content.Intent; import android.os.Bundle; import android.view.View; import android.view.Window; import android.widget.AdapterView; import android.widget.AdapterView.OnItemClickListener; import android.widget.AdapterView.OnItemLongClickListener; import android.widget.Button; import android.widget.Gallery; import android.widget.Toast; public class myActivity extends Activity { // =========================================================== // Fields // =========================================================== private MyImageAdapter myImageAdapter; private ArrayList<Domain> domain = new ArrayList<Domain>(); // =========================================================== // onCreate // =========================================================== @Override public void onCreate(Bundle savedInstanceState) { super.onCreate(savedInstanceState); requestWindowFeature(Window.FEATURE_NO_TITLE); setContentView(R.layout.main); /* Set Buttons to listen for any click event. */ setButtonFriendsClickListener(); setButtonCameraClickListener(); setButtonPreferencesClickListener(); } // =========================================================== // onStart // =========================================================== @Override public void onStart() { super.onStart(); /* Find the gallery defined in the main.xml */ Gallery g = (Gallery) findViewById(R.id.gallery); /* Show a Toast message when image is clicked */ g.setOnItemClickListener(new OnItemClickListener() { @Override public void onItemClick(AdapterView<?> parent, View v, int position, long id) { MyImageAdapter image_ID = new MyImageAdapter(myActivity.this, position, null); if (image_ID.getItemId(position) == 0) { Toast test_toast = Toast.makeText(myActivity.this, "This is the New Image click", Toast.LENGTH_SHORT); test_toast.show(); } else { Toast test_toast = Toast.makeText(myActivity.this, "The clicked image has image number " + image_ID.getItemId(position) + " in the imageadapter.", Toast.LENGTH_SHORT); test_toast.show(); } } }); g.setOnItemLongClickListener(new OnItemLongClickListener() { @Override public boolean onItemLongClick(AdapterView<?> parent, View v, int position, long id) { MyImageAdapter image_ID = new MyImageAdapter(myActivity.this, position, null); Toast test_toast = Toast.makeText(myActivity.this, "The long clicked image has image number " + image_ID.getItemId(position) + " in the imageadapter.", Toast.LENGTH_SHORT); test_toast.show(); return true; } }); } // =========================================================== // onPause // =========================================================== protected void onPause() { super.onPause(); } // =========================================================== // onResume // =========================================================== protected void onResume() { super.onResume(); generateMyGallery(); } // =========================================================== // onStop // =========================================================== protected void onStop() { super.onStop(); } // =========================================================== // onDestroy // Is also called when user changes from horizontal // to vertical orientation and back // =========================================================== @Override protected void onDestroy() { super.onDestroy(); } // =========================================================== // Save and Restore UI states // =========================================================== @Override protected void onRestoreInstanceState(Bundle savedInstanceState) { super.onRestoreInstanceState(savedInstanceState); } protected void onSaveInstanceState(Bundle outState) { super.onSaveInstanceState(outState); } // =========================================================== // Main Activity methods // =========================================================== public void generateMyGallery() { MyService cs = new MyService(this); domain = cs.getDomainList(); // Add the new_image drawable to the ArrayList Domain d = new Domain(); d.photoLocation = "drawable"; d.photoName = "new_image"; d.extra1 = "no_text"; d.extra2 = "no_text"; domain.add(0, d); myImageAdapter = new MyImageAdapter(this, R.layout.text_overlay_image_view, domain); /* Find the gallery defined in the main.xml */ Gallery g = (Gallery) findViewById(R.id.gallery); g.setSpacing(10); /* Apply a new (custom) ImageAdapter to it. */ g.setAdapter(myImageAdapter); g.setSelection(1); } private void setButtonFriendsClickListener() { Button clickButton = (Button)findViewById(R.id.button_friends_list); clickButton.setOnClickListener(new View.OnClickListener() { public void onClick(View v) { setContentView(R.layout.friends_list); Intent myIntent = new Intent(v.getContext(), FriendsListActivity.class); startActivity(myIntent); } }); } private void setButtonCameraClickListener() { Button clickButton = (Button)findViewById(R.id.button_take_picture); clickButton.setOnClickListener(new View.OnClickListener() { public void onClick(View v) { setContentView(R.layout.take_picture); Intent myIntent = new Intent(v.getContext(), TakePictureActivity.class); startActivity(myIntent); } }); } private void setButtonPreferencesClickListener() { Button clickButton = (Button)findViewById(R.id.button_preferences); clickButton.setOnClickListener(new View.OnClickListener() { public void onClick(View v) { Intent myIntent = new Intent(v.getContext(), MyPreferencesActivity.class); startActivity(myIntent); } }); } }; Anyone has an idea why the App crashes. Any help is much appreciated. I did find out that, when I finish() the MAIN activity when I start the FriendListActivity and restart the MAIN activity when closing the FriendListActivity, that the crash does not occur. However, this basically restarts the App and that is not the intention. Thanks all, I got the problem solved. This is what I did. . When moving all gallery related actions to the onCreate, the creash didn't happen anymore. But then after returning to the MAIN activity, the activity wasn't shown. . I then moved all the onCreate (except the super), the generateGallery, and the onStart() to the onResume. Now it works fine!

  Read the article

• Simple Physics Simulation in java not working.

  - by Static Void Main

  Dear experts, I wanted to implement ball physics and as i m newbie, i adapt the code in tutorial http://adam21.web.officelive.com/Documents/JavaPhysicsTutorial.pdf . i try to follow that as i much as i can, but i m not able to apply all physical phenomenon in code, can somebody please tell me, where i m mistaken or i m still doing some silly programming mistake. The balls are moving when i m not calling bounce method and i m unable to avail the bounce method and ball are moving towards left side instead of falling/ending on floor**, Can some body recommend me some better way or similar easy compact way to accomplish this task of applying physics on two ball or more balls with interactivity. here is code ; import java.awt.*; public class AdobeBall { protected int radius = 20; protected Color color; // ... Constants final static int DIAMETER = 40; // ... Instance variables private int m_x; // x and y coordinates upper left private int m_y; private double dx = 3.0; // delta x and y private double dy = 6.0; private double m_velocityX; // Pixels to move each time move() is called. private double m_velocityY; private int m_rightBound; // Maximum permissible x, y values. private int m_bottomBound; public AdobeBall(int x, int y, double velocityX, double velocityY, Color color1) { super(); m_x = x; m_y = y; m_velocityX = velocityX; m_velocityY = velocityY; color = color1; } public double getSpeed() { return Math.sqrt((m_x + m_velocityX - m_x) * (m_x + m_velocityX - m_x) + (m_y + m_velocityY - m_y) * (m_y + m_velocityY - m_y)); } public void setSpeed(double speed) { double currentSpeed = Math.sqrt(dx * dx + dy * dy); dx = dx * speed / currentSpeed; dy = dy * speed / currentSpeed; } public void setDirection(double direction) { m_velocityX = (int) (Math.cos(direction) * getSpeed()); m_velocityY = (int) (Math.sin(direction) * getSpeed()); } public double getDirection() { double h = ((m_x + dx - m_x) * (m_x + dx - m_x)) + ((m_y + dy - m_y) * (m_y + dy - m_y)); double a = (m_x + dx - m_x) / h; return a; } // ======================================================== setBounds public void setBounds(int width, int height) { m_rightBound = width - DIAMETER; m_bottomBound = height - DIAMETER; } // ============================================================== move public void move() { double gravAmount = 0.02; double gravDir = 90; // The direction for the gravity to be in. // ... Move the ball at the give velocity. m_x += m_velocityX; m_y += m_velocityY; // ... Bounce the ball off the walls if necessary. if (m_x < 0) { // If at or beyond left side m_x = 0; // Place against edge and m_velocityX = -m_velocityX; } else if (m_x > m_rightBound) { // If at or beyond right side m_x = m_rightBound; // Place against right edge. m_velocityX = -m_velocityX; } if (m_y < 0) { // if we're at top m_y = 0; m_velocityY = -m_velocityY; } else if (m_y > m_bottomBound) { // if we're at bottom m_y = m_bottomBound; m_velocityY = -m_velocityY; } // double speed = Math.sqrt((m_velocityX * m_velocityX) // + (m_velocityY * m_velocityY)); // ...Friction stuff double fricMax = 0.02; // You can use any number, preferably less than 1 double friction = getSpeed(); if (friction > fricMax) friction = fricMax; if (m_velocityX >= 0) { m_velocityX -= friction; } if (m_velocityX <= 0) { m_velocityX += friction; } if (m_velocityY >= 0) { m_velocityY -= friction; } if (m_velocityY <= 0) { m_velocityY += friction; } // ...Gravity stuff m_velocityX += Math.cos(gravDir) * gravAmount; m_velocityY += Math.sin(gravDir) * gravAmount; } public Color getColor() { return color; } public void setColor(Color newColor) { color = newColor; } // ============================================= getDiameter, getX, getY public int getDiameter() { return DIAMETER; } public double getRadius() { return radius; // radius should be a local variable in Ball. } public int getX() { return m_x; } public int getY() { return m_y; } } using adobeBall: import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; import javax.swing.*; public class AdobeBallImplementation implements Runnable { private static final long serialVersionUID = 1L; private volatile boolean Play; private long mFrameDelay; private JFrame frame; private MyKeyListener pit; /** true means mouse was pressed in ball and still in panel. */ private boolean _canDrag = false; private static final int MAX_BALLS = 50; // max number allowed private int currentNumBalls = 2; // number currently active private AdobeBall[] ball = new AdobeBall[MAX_BALLS]; public AdobeBallImplementation(Color ballColor) { frame = new JFrame("simple gaming loop in java"); frame.setSize(400, 400); frame.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE); pit = new MyKeyListener(); pit.setPreferredSize(new Dimension(400, 400)); frame.setContentPane(pit); ball[0] = new AdobeBall(34, 150, 7, 2, Color.YELLOW); ball[1] = new AdobeBall(50, 50, 5, 3, Color.BLUE); frame.pack(); frame.setVisible(true); frame.setBackground(Color.white); start(); frame.addMouseListener(pit); frame.addMouseMotionListener(pit); } public void start() { Play = true; Thread t = new Thread(this); t.start(); } public void stop() { Play = false; } public void run() { while (Play == true) { // bounce(ball[0],ball[1]); runball(); pit.repaint(); try { Thread.sleep(mFrameDelay); } catch (InterruptedException ie) { stop(); } } } public void drawworld(Graphics g) { for (int i = 0; i < currentNumBalls; i++) { g.setColor(ball[i].getColor()); g.fillOval(ball[i].getX(), ball[i].getY(), 40, 40); } } public double pointDistance (double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2) { return Math.sqrt((x2 - x1) * (x2 - x1) + (y2 - y1) * (y2 - y1)); } public void runball() { while (Play == true) { try { for (int i = 0; i < currentNumBalls; i++) { for (int j = 0; j < currentNumBalls; j++) { if (pointDistance(ball[i].getX(), ball[i].getY(), ball[j].getX(), ball[j].getY()) < ball[i] .getRadius() + ball[j].getRadius() + 2) { // bounce(ball[i],ball[j]); ball[i].setBounds(pit.getWidth(), pit.getHeight()); ball[i].move(); pit.repaint(); } } } try { Thread.sleep(50); } catch (Exception e) { System.exit(0); } } catch (Exception e) { e.printStackTrace(); } } } public static double pointDirection(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) { double H = Math.sqrt((x2 - x1) * (x2 - x1) + (y2 - y1) * (y2 - y1)); // The // hypotenuse double x = x2 - x1; // The opposite double y = y2 - y1; // The adjacent double angle = Math.acos(x / H); angle = angle * 57.2960285258; if (y < 0) { angle = 360 - angle; } return angle; } public static void bounce(AdobeBall b1, AdobeBall b2) { if (b2.getSpeed() == 0 && b1.getSpeed() == 0) { // Both balls are stopped. b1.setDirection(pointDirection(b1.getX(), b1.getY(), b2.getX(), b2 .getY())); b2.setDirection(pointDirection(b2.getX(), b2.getY(), b1.getX(), b1 .getY())); b1.setSpeed(1); b2.setSpeed(1); } else if (b2.getSpeed() == 0 && b1.getSpeed() != 0) { // B1 is moving. B2 is stationary. double angle = pointDirection(b1.getX(), b1.getY(), b2.getX(), b2 .getY()); b2.setSpeed(b1.getSpeed()); b2.setDirection(angle); b1.setDirection(angle - 90); } else if (b1.getSpeed() == 0 && b2.getSpeed() != 0) { // B1 is moving. B2 is stationary. double angle = pointDirection(b2.getX(), b2.getY(), b1.getX(), b1 .getY()); b1.setSpeed(b2.getSpeed()); b1.setDirection(angle); b2.setDirection(angle - 90); } else { // Both balls are moving. AdobeBall tmp = b1; double angle = pointDirection(b2.getX(), b2.getY(), b1.getX(), b1 .getY()); double origangle = b1.getDirection(); b1.setDirection(angle + origangle); angle = pointDirection(tmp.getX(), tmp.getY(), b2.getX(), b2.getY()); origangle = b2.getDirection(); b2.setDirection(angle + origangle); } } public static void main(String[] args) { javax.swing.SwingUtilities.invokeLater(new Runnable() { public void run() { new AdobeBallImplementation(Color.red); } }); } } *EDIT:*ok splitting the code using new approach for gravity from this forum: this code also not working the ball is not coming on floor: public void mymove() { m_x += m_velocityX; m_y += m_velocityY; if (m_y + m_bottomBound > 400) { m_velocityY *= -0.981; // setY(400 - m_bottomBound); m_y = 400 - m_bottomBound; } // ... Bounce the ball off the walls if necessary. if (m_x < 0) { // If at or beyond left side m_x = 0; // Place against edge and m_velocityX = -m_velocityX; } else if (m_x > m_rightBound) { // If at or beyond right side m_x = m_rightBound - 20; // Place against right edge. m_velocityX = -m_velocityX; } if (m_y < 0) { // if we're at top m_y = 1; m_velocityY = -m_velocityY; } else if (m_y > m_bottomBound) { // if we're at bottom m_y = m_bottomBound - 20; m_velocityY = -m_velocityY; } } thanks a lot for any correction and help. jibby

  Read the article

• Access violation writing location, in my loop

  - by numerical25

  The exact error I am getting is First-chance exception at 0x0096234a in chp2.exe: 0xC0000005: Access violation writing location 0x002b0000. Windows has triggered a breakpoint in chp2.exe. And the breakpoint stops here for(DWORD i = 0; i < m; ++i) { //we are start at the top of z float z = halfDepth - i*dx; for(DWORD j = 0; j < n; ++j) { //to the left of us float x = -halfWidth + j*dx; float y = 0.0f; vertices[i*n+j].pos = D3DXVECTOR3(x, y, z); //<----- Right here vertices[i*n+j].color = D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); } } I am not sure what I am doing wrong. below is the code in its entirety #include "MyGame.h" //#include "CubeVector.h" /* This code sets a projection and shows a turning cube. What has been added is the project, rotation and a rasterizer to change the rasterization of the cube. The issue that was going on was something with the effect file which was causing the vertices not to be rendered correctly.*/ typedef struct { ID3D10Effect* pEffect; ID3D10EffectTechnique* pTechnique; //vertex information ID3D10Buffer* pVertexBuffer; ID3D10Buffer* pIndicesBuffer; ID3D10InputLayout* pVertexLayout; UINT numVertices; UINT numIndices; }ModelObject; ModelObject modelObject; // World Matrix D3DXMATRIX WorldMatrix; // View Matrix D3DXMATRIX ViewMatrix; // Projection Matrix D3DXMATRIX ProjectionMatrix; ID3D10EffectMatrixVariable* pProjectionMatrixVariable = NULL; //grid information #define NUM_COLS 16 #define NUM_ROWS 16 #define CELL_WIDTH 32 #define CELL_HEIGHT 32 #define NUM_VERTSX (NUM_COLS + 1) #define NUM_VERTSY (NUM_ROWS + 1) bool MyGame::InitDirect3D() { if(!DX3dApp::InitDirect3D()) { return false; } D3D10_RASTERIZER_DESC rastDesc; rastDesc.FillMode = D3D10_FILL_WIREFRAME; rastDesc.CullMode = D3D10_CULL_FRONT; rastDesc.FrontCounterClockwise = true; rastDesc.DepthBias = false; rastDesc.DepthBiasClamp = 0; rastDesc.SlopeScaledDepthBias = 0; rastDesc.DepthClipEnable = false; rastDesc.ScissorEnable = false; rastDesc.MultisampleEnable = false; rastDesc.AntialiasedLineEnable = false; ID3D10RasterizerState *g_pRasterizerState; mpD3DDevice->CreateRasterizerState(&rastDesc, &g_pRasterizerState); mpD3DDevice->RSSetState(g_pRasterizerState); // Set up the World Matrix //The first line of code creates your identity matrix. Second line of code //second combines your camera position, target location, and which way is up respectively D3DXMatrixIdentity(&WorldMatrix); D3DXMatrixLookAtLH(&ViewMatrix, new D3DXVECTOR3(200.0f, 60.0f, -20.0f), new D3DXVECTOR3(200.0f, 50.0f, 0.0f), new D3DXVECTOR3(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f)); // Set up the projection matrix D3DXMatrixPerspectiveFovLH(&ProjectionMatrix, (float)D3DX_PI * 0.5f, (float)mWidth/(float)mHeight, 0.1f, 100.0f); if(!CreateObject()) { return false; } return true; } //These are actions that take place after the clearing of the buffer and before the present void MyGame::GameDraw() { static float rotationAngle = 0.0f; // create the rotation matrix using the rotation angle D3DXMatrixRotationY(&WorldMatrix, rotationAngle); rotationAngle += (float)D3DX_PI * 0.0f; // Set the input layout mpD3DDevice->IASetInputLayout(modelObject.pVertexLayout); // Set vertex buffer UINT stride = sizeof(VertexPos); UINT offset = 0; mpD3DDevice->IASetVertexBuffers(0, 1, &modelObject.pVertexBuffer, &stride, &offset); mpD3DDevice->IASetIndexBuffer(modelObject.pIndicesBuffer, DXGI_FORMAT_R32_UINT, 0); // Set primitive topology mpD3DDevice->IASetPrimitiveTopology(D3D10_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLELIST); // Combine and send the final matrix to the shader D3DXMATRIX finalMatrix = (WorldMatrix * ViewMatrix * ProjectionMatrix); pProjectionMatrixVariable->SetMatrix((float*)&finalMatrix); // make sure modelObject is valid // Render a model object D3D10_TECHNIQUE_DESC techniqueDescription; modelObject.pTechnique->GetDesc(&techniqueDescription); // Loop through the technique passes for(UINT p=0; p < techniqueDescription.Passes; ++p) { modelObject.pTechnique->GetPassByIndex(p)->Apply(0); // draw the cube using all 36 vertices and 12 triangles mpD3DDevice->DrawIndexed(modelObject.numIndices,0,0); } } //Render actually incapsulates Gamedraw, so you can call data before you actually clear the buffer or after you //present data void MyGame::Render() { DX3dApp::Render(); } bool MyGame::CreateObject() { //dx will represent the width and the height of the spacing of each vector float dx = 1; //Below are the number of vertices //m is the vertices of each row. n is the columns DWORD m = 30; DWORD n = 30; //This get the width of the entire land //30 - 1 = 29 rows * 1 = 29 * 0.5 = 14.5 float halfWidth = (n-1)*dx*0.5f; float halfDepth = (m-1)*dx*0.5f; float vertexsize = m * n; VertexPos vertices[80]; for(DWORD i = 0; i < m; ++i) { //we are start at the top of z float z = halfDepth - i*dx; for(DWORD j = 0; j < n; ++j) { //to the left of us float x = -halfWidth + j*dx; float y = 0.0f; vertices[i*n+j].pos = D3DXVECTOR3(x, y, z); vertices[i*n+j].color = D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); } } int k = 0; DWORD indices[540]; for(DWORD i = 0; i < n-1; ++i) { for(DWORD j = 0; j < n-1; ++j) { indices[k] = (i * n) + j; indices[k + 1] = (i * n) + j + 1; indices[k + 2] = (i + 1) * n + j; indices[k + 3] = (i + 1) * n + j; indices[k + 4] = (i * n) + j + 1; indices[k + 5] = (i + 1) * n + j+ 1; k += 6; } } //Create Layout D3D10_INPUT_ELEMENT_DESC layout[] = { {"POSITION",0,DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32B32_FLOAT, 0 , 0, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0}, {"COLOR",0,DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_FLOAT, 0 , 12, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0} }; UINT numElements = (sizeof(layout)/sizeof(layout[0])); modelObject.numVertices = sizeof(vertices)/sizeof(VertexPos); //Create buffer desc D3D10_BUFFER_DESC bufferDesc; bufferDesc.Usage = D3D10_USAGE_DEFAULT; bufferDesc.ByteWidth = sizeof(VertexPos) * modelObject.numVertices; bufferDesc.BindFlags = D3D10_BIND_VERTEX_BUFFER; bufferDesc.CPUAccessFlags = 0; bufferDesc.MiscFlags = 0; D3D10_SUBRESOURCE_DATA initData; initData.pSysMem = vertices; //Create the buffer HRESULT hr = mpD3DDevice->CreateBuffer(&bufferDesc, &initData, &modelObject.pVertexBuffer); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; modelObject.numIndices = sizeof(indices)/sizeof(DWORD); bufferDesc.ByteWidth = sizeof(DWORD) * modelObject.numIndices; bufferDesc.BindFlags = D3D10_BIND_INDEX_BUFFER; initData.pSysMem = indices; hr = mpD3DDevice->CreateBuffer(&bufferDesc, &initData, &modelObject.pIndicesBuffer); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //Set up fx files LPCWSTR effectFilename = L"effect.fx"; modelObject.pEffect = NULL; hr = D3DX10CreateEffectFromFile(effectFilename, NULL, NULL, "fx_4_0", D3D10_SHADER_ENABLE_STRICTNESS, 0, mpD3DDevice, NULL, NULL, &modelObject.pEffect, NULL, NULL); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; pProjectionMatrixVariable = modelObject.pEffect->GetVariableByName("Projection")->AsMatrix(); //Dont sweat the technique. Get it! LPCSTR effectTechniqueName = "Render"; modelObject.pTechnique = modelObject.pEffect->GetTechniqueByName(effectTechniqueName); if(modelObject.pTechnique == NULL) return false; //Create Vertex layout D3D10_PASS_DESC passDesc; modelObject.pTechnique->GetPassByIndex(0)->GetDesc(&passDesc); hr = mpD3DDevice->CreateInputLayout(layout, numElements, passDesc.pIAInputSignature, passDesc.IAInputSignatureSize, &modelObject.pVertexLayout); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; return true; }

  Read the article

< Previous Page | 224 225 226 227 228 229  | Next Page >